<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=JoomlaWikiBot</id>
	<title>Joomla! Documentation - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=JoomlaWikiBot"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/Special:Contributions/JoomlaWikiBot"/>
	<updated>2026-04-15T21:51:50Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:User_Notes&amp;diff=513702</id>
		<title>Help4.x:User Notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:User_Notes&amp;diff=513702"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:10:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (9)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Adds a specific note or comment about a user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User notes are pieces of information which can be assigned to registered users on your Joomla! site. These notes can contain for example comments about &#039;offending&#039; or &#039;difficult&#039; users etc.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From the administrator area, select &#039;&#039;&#039;Users → User Notes&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menu of the Administration screen, or click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;User Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; icon in the Control Panel and select the &#039;&#039;&#039;User Notes&#039;&#039;&#039; tab.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-3x-users-user-notes-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing the user notes assigned to users registered on your Joomla! site, you will see different columns. Here you can read what they mean and what is displayed in that column.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Status&#039;&#039;&#039;. (Published/Unpublished/Archived/Trashed) The published status of the item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subject&#039;&#039;&#039;. The subject of the user note.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Review date&#039;&#039;&#039;. The date when the user note was created.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help35-New-Edit-Publish-Unpublish-Archive-Checkin-Trash-Help-Options-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user note}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Edit/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user notes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish.&#039;&#039;&#039; Makes the selected user notes available to administrators of your website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unpublish.&#039;&#039;&#039; Makes the selected user notes not available to administrators of your website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Archive/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user notes}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Checkin/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user notes}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Trash/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user notes}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial User Name or Partial Subject text&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter&#039;&#039;&#039;. In the upper left is a Search field and one button, as shown below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Users-User-Notes-list-filters-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Category, Status or Max Levels of the user note&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*On the lower sidebar there are drop-down menus as shown below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Users-User-Notes-other-filters-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Choose one of the categories or statuses to find matching user notes.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Status&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the desired status (Published, Unpublished, Archived, Trashed or All) to limit the list based on note status. Select &amp;quot;- Select State -&amp;quot; to list all notes regardless of its status.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select a &amp;quot;Category&amp;quot; to list only notes in the category. Select &amp;quot;- Select Category -&amp;quot; to list all notes in any &amp;quot;Category&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Max Levels&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the maximum deep of the levels in a category to list notes. Select &amp;quot;- Select Max Levels -&amp;quot; to list all notes with any level.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the subject to edit the user note properties.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Notes_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Manager: Add/Edit Notes&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users User Note Category Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Manager: User Note Add/Edit Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Note_Categories|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Manager: User Note Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Users_Configuration|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Manager: Configuration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0,3.9|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:User_Notes:_New_or_Edit_Category&amp;diff=513701</id>
		<title>Help4.x:User Notes: New or Edit Category</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:User_Notes:_New_or_Edit_Category&amp;diff=513701"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:10:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (15)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Add or edit a new category for User Notes.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you can add a new Category or edit an existing Category. Categories are used to organize the User Notes. Categories allow you to display related User notes together on a page and to filter User Notes in the User Notes Manager. All User Notes are assigned either to a Category that you create or to the special Category called &#039;Uncategorized&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Notes Category Add/Edit by clicking on {{rarr|Users,User Note Categories,Add New Category}}&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Other Access methods to Add/Edit a Notes Category are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; Toolbar button on [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Note_Categories|&#039;&#039;&#039;User Note Categories&#039;&#039;&#039;]] page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click a category title name on [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Note_Categories|&#039;&#039;&#039;User Note Categories&#039;&#039;&#039;]] page. Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039; Toolbar button after a checkbox is checked lon [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Note_Categories|&#039;&#039;&#039;User Note Categories&#039;&#039;&#039;]] page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help-3x-add-user-note-category/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User Notes: New Category&#039;&#039;&#039;:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-NoSaveCopy-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;User Notes: Edit Category&#039;&#039;&#039;:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help32-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-SaveAsCopy-Version-Close-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAsCopy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Versions/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Close\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==TinyMCE editor== &amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:TinyMCE\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==No editor== &amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:No editor\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Notes_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Manager: Add/Edit Notes&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Notes|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Manager: Users Notes&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Note_Categories|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Manager: User Note Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To work with existing Categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Content_Categories|Category Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To work with Articles: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Content_Article_Manager|Article Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a page showing Articles for a Category in a Blog layout: [[screen.menus.edit.15#Category Blog Layout|Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Category Blog Layout]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a page showing Articles for a Category in a List layout: [[screen.menus.edit.15#Category List Layout|Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Category List Layout]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0,3.9|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:User_Notes:_Categories&amp;diff=513700</id>
		<title>Help4.x:User Notes: Categories</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:User_Notes:_Categories&amp;diff=513700"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:10:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (28)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen allows you to look at a list of your user note categories and sort them in different ways. You can also edit and create user note categories and access levels.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Notes Category Manager by clicking on {{rarr|Users,User Note Categories}} or clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;User Note Categories&#039;&#039;&#039; link in the Users Manager Menu in the left sidebar when an other &#039;&#039;&#039;User Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; page is displayed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-3x-users-category-manager-user-notes-categories-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing the user note categories from your Joomla! site, you will see different columns.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Ordering\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Access\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above the column headers on the right, there are 2 drop down input fields, &#039;&#039;&#039;Sort Table by:&#039;&#039;&#039; (preset to &#039;&#039;&#039;Ordering ascending&#039;&#039;&#039;), and a &#039;&#039;&#039;number&#039;&#039;&#039; (preset to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;) to display.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Column filter\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Order\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Ascending\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header DisplayNum\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help35-New-Edit-Publish-Unpublish-Archive-Checkin-Batch-Rebuild-Trash-Help-Options-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Edit/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|category}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Publish.&#039;&#039;&#039; Makes the selected user notes category available to administrators of your website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unpublish.&#039;&#039;&#039; Makes the selected user notes category not available to administrators of your website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Archive/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Checkin/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Batch/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Rebuild/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Trash/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|category}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;List Filter&#039;&#039;&#039;, above on the left, and other filters, left, bottom sidebar are a series of controls that let you limit what items show in the user note category manager screen. More than one filter may be entered. Only items that meet all of the filter conditions will show on the list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header List Filter\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Status\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Access\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Language\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Tags\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Max Levels\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Manager Pagination\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Batch Process== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Batch Process\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Notes_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Manager: Add/Edit Notes&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Notes|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Manager: Users Notes&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users User Note Category Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Manager: User Note Add/Edit Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0,3.9|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile&amp;diff=513699</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Users: Edit Profile</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile&amp;diff=513699"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:10:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (6)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allows an administrator to create a new user or edit an existing user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this screen, you have the ability to create a new user (if you clicked on the &#039;New&#039; button in the User Manager), or edit an existing user (if you selected a user and clicked on the &#039;Edit&#039; button in the User Manager, or clicked on the name of a user).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing user, navigate to the User Manager (&#039;&#039;&#039;Users → Manage&#039;&#039;&#039;). Then&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# click on the name of the user or&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# click on the check box for the user and click on the Edit button.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new user,&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# select &#039;&#039;&#039;Users → Manage → Add New User&#039;&#039;&#039; from the menu or&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# click on the New button in the User Manager.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help-3x-add-new-user\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick tips== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Name, Login Name, and Email are required.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*If you did not fill in a particular language, editor, help site and/or time zone, the default settings from the Global Configuration, Language Manager and/or Template Manager are set.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help4.x:Users_User_Manager|User Manager: Users]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help4.x:Users_Groups|User Manager: Users Groups]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial for Joomla! 3.x]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users&amp;diff=513698</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Users</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users&amp;diff=513698"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:10:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (13)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User management interface.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this screen you have the ability to look at a list of your users and sort them in different ways. You can also edit and create users, groups and access levels.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the User Manager by clicking on the &#039;&#039;&#039;User Icon&#039;&#039;&#039; on the left in the Control Panel. Alternatively, use top menu bar, {{rarr|Users,Manage}}.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-3x-users-user-manager-users-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing the users from your Joomla! site, you will see different columns. Here you can read what they mean and what is displayed in that column. You can sort the results by clicking on the title of a header.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add a Note&#039;&#039;&#039;. Create a Note for the user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display x note(s)&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Note(s) for the user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The full name of the user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name the user will log in as.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enabled&#039;&#039;&#039;. Whether or not the user is enabled.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Activated&#039;&#039;&#039;. Whether or not the user is activated. Normally when a user registers from the front end, some type of activation is required. This is controlled by the New User Account Activation parameter in the Users Configuration → Component screen. See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Users_Configuration|Users Options - Component Settings]] for more information.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;. The list of groups that the user belongs to. Note that a user may belong to more than one group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header E-mail\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Lastvisit\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Registration Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. The date the user was registered.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-New-Edit-Activate-Block-Unblock-Delete-Options-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Edit/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Activate/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|users}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Block/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|users}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Unblock/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|users}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Delete/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|users}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Batch/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|users}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial User Name&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search Users&#039;&#039;&#039;. In the upper left is a Search field and two buttons, as shown below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Users-User-Manager-search-filter-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter part of the user&#039;s name and press the Search to find matching names. Press &#039;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&#039; or Clear to clear the search field and restore the list of users.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by User State, Active State, Group, Last Visit Date or Registration Date&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Search Tools are five drop-down list boxes as shown below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Users-User-Manager-other-filter-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the desired state (Enabled or Disabled) to limit the list based on state. Select &amp;quot;- State -&amp;quot; to list Enabled and Disabled users.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Active State&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select &amp;quot;Activated&amp;quot; to list only users that have been Activated. Select &amp;quot;Unactivated&amp;quot; to select only users who have not yet been activated. Select &amp;quot;- Active State -&amp;quot; to select both type of users.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Group&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select a group from the list box to list only users who are members of that group. Select &amp;quot;- Group -&amp;quot; to select users regardless of group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Last Vist Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select time frame from a list to show only users who visited in a selected time frame. Select &amp;quot;- Last Vist Date -&amp;quot; to select users regardless of last visited date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Registration Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select time frame from a list to show only users who registered in a selected time frame. Select &amp;quot;- Registration Date -&amp;quot; to select users regardless of registration date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Batch Process== &amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Batch Process allows a change in settings for a group of selected users. To use: click on the Batch button found on top of the table of users being viewed to activate the drop down field area.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-colheader-batch-process-users-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;How to Batch Process&#039;&#039;&#039; a group of users:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Select one or more users on the list by selecting the desired checkbox(es).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Set one or more of the following values:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:* To change the &#039;&#039;&#039;User Group&#039;&#039;&#039;, select the desired new User Group from the User Group list box.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:* Choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Add To Group&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete From Group&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Set To Group&#039;&#039;&#039; to do the desired action.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#:* Decide if a Password Reset is wanted.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# When all of the settings are entered, click on Process to perform the changes. A message &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Batch process completed successfully.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; will show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that nothing will happen if you don&#039;t have any users selected.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish to clear your entered selections, click on the Clear button. This will return all of the Batch controls to their default values. Note that this does &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; uncheck the check boxes for the users.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the name of a user to edit the user&#039;s properties.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the icon in the Enabled column to toggle between Enabled and Disabled status.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the Column Headers to sort the users by that column, ascending or descending.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To understand user and group permissions, read: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial for Joomla! 3.x]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|Users|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help4.x:Components_Users_Configuration|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Users Configuration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Options configuration allows setting of parameters used globally for all users. Control the use of Captcha, registration allowed and type of registration, default user group new users, reset password or username counter, and new user registration email notice to administration.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help4.x:Users_Access_Levels|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users Access Levels&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:73--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this screen you have the ability to look at a list of your Access Levels and sort them in different ways. You can also edit and create Access Levels.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help4.x:Users_Access_Levels_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users Access Levels Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Access levels control which users can view which objects on your site. Objects include menu items, modules, categories, and component items (articles, contacts, and so on). Each object in the site is assigned to one access level. User groups are also assigned to each access level.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If a user is a member of a group that in turn has permission for an access level, then that user can view all objects assigned to that access level. It is important to understand that user groups can be arranged in a parent-child hierarchy. If so, then a child group has access to all access levels that the parent group has access to. So you don&#039;t need to assign a child group access to levels that its parent group already has access to.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help4.x:Users_Debug_Groups|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users Debug Groups&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:78--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Debug Permissions report maps out the exact permissions for any given user group across all assets on your Joomla! installation.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help4.x:Users_Debug_Users|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users Debug Users&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Debug Permissions report allows you to map out the exact permissions for any given user across all extensions on your Joomla installation.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help4.x:Users_Groups|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users Groups&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:82--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Groups control what actions a user may take on the site and which objects a user can view. This screen allows you to create, view, edit, and delete User Groups.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help4.x:Users_Groups_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:83--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users Groups Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:84--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User groups play a central role in what a user can do and see on the site. Creating user groups is normally the first step in setting up the security system for your site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help4.x:Users_Mass_Mail_Users|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:85--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users Mass Mail Users&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:86--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Mass Mail screen allows Users who are members of the &amp;quot;Super Administrator&amp;quot; group to send an email message to registered users for the site. Users can be selected based on groups.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help4.x:Users_User_Manager_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:87--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users User Manager Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:88--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this screen, you have the ability to create a new user (if you clicked on the &#039;New&#039; button in the User Manager), or edit an existing user (if you selected a user and clicked on the &#039;Edit&#039; button in the User Manager, or clicked on the name of a user).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help4.x:Users_User_Note_Categories|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:89--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users User Note Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:90--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen allows you to look at a list of your user note categories and sort them in different ways. You can also edit and create user note categories and access levels.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help4.x:Users_User_Note_Category_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:91--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users User Note Category Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:92--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you can add a new Category or edit an existing Category. Categories are used to organize the User Notes. Categories allow you to display related User notes together on a page and to filter User Notes in the User Notes Manager. All User Notes are assigned either to a Category that you create or to the special Category called &#039;Uncategorized&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help4.x:Users_User_Notes|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:93--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users User Notes&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:94--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User notes are pieces of information which can be assigned to registered users on your Joomla! site. These notes can contain for example comments about &#039;offending&#039; or &#039;difficult&#039; users etc.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help4.x:Users_User_Notes_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:95--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users User Notes Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:96--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this screen you can create an user note or edit an user note. The &#039;editor&#039; will be the chosen &#039;editor&#039; for the user editing the note. Examples: TinyMCE - JCE - Codemirror.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0,3.9|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Mass_Mail_Users&amp;diff=513697</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Mass Mail Users</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Mass_Mail_Users&amp;diff=513697"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:10:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: /* Toolbar */clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (4)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Send an email to registered users.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Mass Mail screen allows Users who are members of the &amp;quot;Super Administrator&amp;quot; group to send an email message to registered users for the site. Users can be selected based on groups.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Users → Mass Mail Users&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menu on the Back-end of your Joomla! installation.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-3x-users-mass-mail-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details and Message== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mail to Child Groups.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to send the Email to members of all child groups of the selected group. For example, if this box is checked and the &amp;quot;Public&amp;quot; group is selected, the email would be sent to all users, since all groups are child groups of &amp;quot;Public&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send in HTML mode.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to send the Email with headers that identify it as an HTML document. Email clients that support this will render any HTML codes.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send to Disabled Users.&#039;&#039;&#039; If checked, disabled users will be included when sending mail.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039; Recipients as BCC.&#039;&#039;&#039; If checked, all recipients will be included as BCC entries, so none will see any of the other recipients&#039; Email addresses. Because many mail routers treat Email without a &#039;&#039;To:&#039;&#039; entry as spam, the site email will be used for the &#039;&#039;To:&#039;&#039; entry.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Group.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the groups you want to send the Email to.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subject&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter the Subject of the Email. Try to make it as descriptive as possible. Any text entered in the &#039;&#039;Subject Prefix&#039;&#039; parameter in Options ([[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Users_Configuration#Mass_Email|User Options &amp;amp;rarr; Mass Mail]]) will be placed in front of the subject you enter here.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Message.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter the body of the Email. Any text entered in the &#039;&#039;Mailbody Suffix&#039;&#039; parameter in Options ([[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Users_Configuration#Mass_Email|User Options &amp;amp;rarr; Mass Mail]]) will be added to the text you enter here.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-SendEmail-Cancel-Options-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Send_Mail\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* To just send a private message to a user, see more on how to write a [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Messaging_Write|Private Message]] to a user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Administrative User Tasks=== &amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|users|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Users_Configuration|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Users Configuration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_Access_Levels|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users Access Levels&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this screen you have the ability to look at a list of your Access Levels and sort them in different ways. You can also edit and create Access Levels.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_Access_Levels_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users Access Levels Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Access levels control which users can view which objects on your site. Objects include menu items, modules, categories, and component items (articles, contacts, and so on). Each object in the site is assigned to one access level. User groups are also assigned to each access level.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If a user is a member of a group that in turn has permission for an access level, then that user can view all objects assigned to that access level. It is important to understand that user groups can be arranged in a parent-child hierarchy. If so, then a child group has access to all access levels that the parent group has access to. So you don&#039;t need to assign a child group access to levels that its parent group already has access to.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_Debug_Groups|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users Debug Groups&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Debug Permissions report maps out the exact permissions for any given user group across all assets on your Joomla! installation.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_Debug_Users|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users Debug Users&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Debug Permissions report allows you to map out the exact permissions for any given user across all extensions on your Joomla installation.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_Groups|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users Groups&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Groups control what actions a user may take on the site and which objects a user can view. This screen allows you to create, view, edit, and delete User Groups.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_Groups_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users Groups Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User groups play a central role in what a user can do and see on the site. Creating user groups is normally the first step in setting up the security system for your site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Manager|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users User Manager&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this screen you have the ability to look at a list of your users and sort them in different ways. You can also edit and create users, groups and access levels.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Manager_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users User Manager Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this screen, you have the ability to create a new user (if you clicked on the &#039;New&#039; button in the User Manager), or edit an existing user (if you selected a user and clicked on the &#039;Edit&#039; button in the User Manager, or clicked on the name of a user).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Note_Categories|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users User Note Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen allows you to look at a list of your user note categories and sort them in different ways. You can also edit and create user note categories and access levels.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Note_Category_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users User Note Category Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you can add a new Category or edit an existing Category. Categories are used to organize the User Notes. Categories allow you to display related User notes together on a page and to filter User Notes in the User Notes Manager. All User Notes are assigned either to a Category that you create or to the special Category called &#039;Uncategorized&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Notes|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users User Notes&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User notes are pieces of information which can be assigned to registered users on your Joomla! site. These notes can contain for example comments about &#039;offending&#039; or &#039;difficult&#039; users etc.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Notes_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users User Notes Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User notes are pieces of information which can be assigned to registered users on your Joomla! site. These notes can contain for example comments about &#039;offending&#039; or &#039;difficult&#039; users etc.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this screen you can create an user note or edit an user note. The &#039;editor&#039; will be the chosen &#039;editor&#039; for the user editing the note. Examples: TinyMCE - JCE - Codemirror.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Front End User Interaction=== &amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|Menu_Item_User|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Login|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Login&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a &#039;User Login Form&#039; page for users to login to the website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Password_Reset|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Password Reset&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to reset their password with an email sent to the user&#039;s email associated with the account.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Profile&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to edit their profile settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Profile Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to edit their profile settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Registration|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Registration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a default User Registration form for user registration. Default form contains basic information: Name, Username, Password, and Email Address.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Reminder|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Reminder&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to request an e-mail with their username.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0,3.9|Mass Mail Help Screens|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_New_or_Edit_Group&amp;diff=513696</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Users: New or Edit Group</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_New_or_Edit_Group&amp;diff=513696"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:10:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (6)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User groups play a central role in what a user can do and see on the site. Creating user groups is normally the first step in setting up the security system for your site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing user group, navigate to the User Groups tab of the User Manager (&#039;&#039;&#039;Users → Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;). Then&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# click on the name of the group or&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# click on the check box for the group and click on the Edit button.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new user group,&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# select &#039;&#039;&#039;Users → Groups → Add New Group&#039;&#039;&#039; from the menu or&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# click on the New button in the User Manager: User Groups screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help-3x-add-new-group\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Groups control what actions a user can take on the site. Actions include things like creating a new article, changing options for a component, or logging in. The site administrator assigns permissions for various actions to each group. Permissions for actions can be assigned at different levels in the component hierarchy (Global Configuration, component options, categories, and articles). If a user does not have permission for a given action, the user cannot perform that action.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User groups also control which objects a user can view on the site. Objects include categories, articles, modules, menu items, and others. When you create an access level, one or more user groups are assigned to it. Then, when you create an object (such as a menu item or module), the object is assigned an access level. If a user is a member of a group that is assigned to an access level, this user can view any object assigned to that access level. If not, then that user cannot view that object.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User groups can be arranged in a hierarchy. If so, then all child groups inherit the action permissions and access levels of a parent group. If used wisely, this feature can save a lot of time setting up your security system, since it means that you don&#039;t have to enter duplicate setup information.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-NoSaveCopy-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user group}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user group}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user group}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick tips== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*If a new group will have similar permissions to an existing group, you can save work by making the new group a child of the existing group. That way, you only need to change the permissions that are different for the new group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help4.x:Users_Groups|User Manager: Users Groups]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial for Joomla! 3.x]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0,3.9|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_Groups&amp;diff=513695</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Users: Groups</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_Groups&amp;diff=513695"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:10:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (7)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Groups control what actions a user may take on the site and which objects a user can view. This screen allows you to create, view, edit, and delete User Groups.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From the administrator area, select &#039;&#039;&#039;Users → Groups&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menu of the Administration screen, or click on the Users icon in the Control Panel and select the User Groups tab.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-3x-users-user-manager-user-groups-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing the users from your Joomla! site, you will see different columns. Here you can read what they mean and what is displayed in that column.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Group Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enabled users&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of enabled users in this group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Disabled users&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of disabled users in this group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-New-Edit-Delete-Options-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user group}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Edit/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user group}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Delete/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user groups}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you delete a group that has users assigned to it, those users will lose the permissions they had from that group. It is recommended to remove all users from a group before you delete the group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial User Name&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search User Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;. In the upper left is a Search field and two buttons, as shown below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-User-Groups-search-filter-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter part of the group&#039;s name and press the Search to find matching names. Press &#039;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&#039; or Clear to clear the search field and restore the list of groups.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the name of a group to edit the group&#039;s properties.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_Groups_Edit|User Manager: Add/Edit Group]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Users_Configuration|Users Configuration]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Manager|User Manager: Users]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_Access_Levels|User Manager: Viewing Access Levels]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial for Joomla! 3.x]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0,3.9|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Permissions_for_User&amp;diff=513694</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Permissions for User</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Permissions_for_User&amp;diff=513694"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:10:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (4)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
View the permissions for any registered user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Advanced Permissions Report allows you to map out the exact permissions for any given user across all extensions on your Joomla installation.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Users → Manage → &#039;click&#039; Advanced Permissions Report&#039;&#039;&#039; under a specific user from the user manager list on the backend of your Joomla installation.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help3x-debug_users-permissions-report-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]{{-}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help31-debug_users-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing the users from your Joomla! site, you will see different columns. Here you can read what they mean and what is displayed in that column.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Asset Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; The asset as we know it.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Asset Name.&#039;&#039;&#039; The asset as known internally.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Login.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to login to the Frontend site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Login.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to login to the Backend Administrator site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Access.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to access the Frontend site when site is offline.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Super User.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to perform any action over the whole site regardless of any other perrmission settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Configure Options Only.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to edit the options (except permissions) of any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Administration Interface.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to access all of the administration interface except Global Configuration.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Create.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to create any content in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to delete any content in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to edit any content in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to edit the state of any content in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Own.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to edit any content they own in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Custom Field Value.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to edit any value of custom fields submitted in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;LFT.&#039;&#039;&#039; The left and right values in the hierarchy. See [[S:MyLanguage/Using_nested_sets|Using_nested_sets]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Assets&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search Assets&#039;&#039;&#039;. In the upper left is a Search field and a button, as shown below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help31-Users-Debug-Permissions-Search-Filter-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter part of the asset name and press the Search to find matching assets. Press &#039;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&#039; or Clear to clear the search field and restore the list of assets.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Component, Start Level and End Level&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above the column headings, are three drop-down list boxes as shown below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help31-Users-Debug-Permissions-Other-Filter-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;. Filter by any installed component in Joomla.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Start Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. Start level of the item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;End Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. End level of the item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Manager Pagination\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help38-Help-Options-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The function is:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options.&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Legend== &amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom you will see the legend:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help31-Help-Permissions-Report-Legend-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Not Allowed&#039;&#039;&#039;. Action not allowed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allowed&#039;&#039;&#039;. Action allowed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Forbidden&#039;&#039;&#039;. Action forbidden.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Global Configuration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0,3.9|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Permissions_for_Group&amp;diff=513693</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Permissions for Group</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Permissions_for_Group&amp;diff=513693"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:10:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (4)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
View the permissions for any group.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Advanced Permissions Report maps out the exact permissions for any given user group across all assets on your Joomla! installation.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Users → Groups → &#039;click&#039; Advanced Permissions Report&#039;&#039;&#039; under a specific group from the user groups list on the backend of your Joomla installation.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help3x-debug_users-group-permissions-report-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help31-debug_groups-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing the assets from your Joomla! site, you will see different columns. For each asset the permission for this group is shown, color coded as per legend.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Asset Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; The asset as we know it.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Asset Name.&#039;&#039;&#039; The asset as known internally.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site Login.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to login to the Frontend site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Login.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to login to the Backend Administrator site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Access.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to access the Frontend site when site is offline.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Super User.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to perform any action over the whole site regardless of any other perrmission settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:90--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Configure Options Only.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to edit the options (except permissions) of any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Access Administration Interface.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to access all of the administration interface except Global Configuration.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Create.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to create any content in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to delete any content in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to edit any content in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to edit the state of any content in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Own.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to edit any content they own in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:89--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Custom Field Value.&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows users in the group to edit any value of custom fields submitted in any extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;LFT.&#039;&#039;&#039; The left and right values in the hierarchy. See [[S:MyLanguage/Using_nested_sets|Using_nested_sets]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Assets&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search Assets&#039;&#039;&#039;. In the upper left is a Search field and two buttons, as shown below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help31-Users-Debug-Permissions-Search-Filter-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:95--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter part of the asset name and press the Search to find matching assets. Press &#039;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&#039; or Clear to clear the search field and restore the list of assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Component, Start Level and End Level&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right, above the column headings, are three drop-down list boxes as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help31-Users-Debug-Permissions-Other-Filter-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Component&#039;&#039;&#039;. Filter by any installed component in Joomla.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Start Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. Start level of the item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:82--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;End Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. End level of the item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Manager Pagination\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help38-Help-Options-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:91--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:92--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The function is:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options.&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Legend== &amp;lt;!--T:83--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:84--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom you will see the legend:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help31-Help-Permissions-Report-Legend-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:85--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:86--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Not Allowed&#039;&#039;&#039;. Action not allowed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:87--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allowed&#039;&#039;&#039;. Action allowed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:88--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Forbidden&#039;&#039;&#039;. Action forbidden.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Global Configuration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0,3.9|Users Debug Users|Users Debug Permissions}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Viewing_Access_Level&amp;diff=513692</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Users: Edit Viewing Access Level</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Viewing_Access_Level&amp;diff=513692"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:10:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (6)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Access levels control which users can view which objects on your site. Objects include menu items, modules, categories, and component items (articles, contacts, and so on). Each object in the site is assigned to one access level. User groups are also assigned to each access level.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If a user is a member of a group that in turn has permission for an access level, then that user can view all objects assigned to that access level. It is important to understand that user groups can be arranged in a parent-child hierarchy. If so, then a child group has access to all access levels that the parent group has access to. So you don&#039;t need to assign a child group access to levels that its parent group already has access to.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing access level, navigate to the Viewing Access Levels tab of the User Manager (&#039;&#039;&#039;Users → Access Levels&#039;&#039;&#039;). Then&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# click on the desired Level Name or&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# click on the check box for the access level and click on the Edit button.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new access level,&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# select &#039;&#039;&#039;Users → Access Levels → Add New Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039; from the menu or&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# click on the New button in the User Manager: Viewing Access Levels screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help-3x-add-new-access-level\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-NoSaveCopy-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|access level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|access level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|access level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick tips== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*If you add a new group, you may need to edit any access levels that this group should have access to.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help4.x:Users_Access_Levels|User Manager: Viewing Access Levels]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help4.x:Users_Groups|User Manager: User Groups]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial for Joomla! 3.x]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0,3.9|User Manager Help Screens|ACL Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels&amp;diff=513691</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Users: Viewing Access Levels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels&amp;diff=513691"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:10:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (8)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User controls for creating, viewing and editing Access Levels.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this screen you have the ability to look at a list of your Access Levels and sort them in different ways. You can also edit and create Access Levels.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From the administrator area, select &#039;&#039;&#039;Users → Access Levels&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menu of the Administration screen, or click on the Users icon in the Control Panel and select the Access Levels tab.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-3x-users-user-manager-viewing-access-levels-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the table containing the Access Levels from your Joomla! site, you will see different columns. Here you can read what they mean and what is displayed in that column.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Level Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the access level.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Groups Having Viewing Access&#039;&#039;&#039;. The groups that have viewing access.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Order\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-New-Edit-Delete-Options-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|access level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Edit/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|access level}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Delete/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|access levels}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that you cannot delete an access level that is currently being used. If you try to delete an access level that is assigned, a message showing where it is assigned will be displayed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Partial Access Level Name&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search Viewing Access Levels&#039;&#039;&#039;. In the upper left is a Search field and two buttons, as shown below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Users-Access-Level-filters-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Enter part of the level&#039;s name and press the Search to find matching names. Press &#039;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&#039; or Clear to clear the search field and restore the list of levels.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the name of an access level to edit it.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the Column Headers to sort the users by that column, ascending or descending.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_Access_Levels_Edit|Add/Edit Viewing Access Level]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Users_Configuration|Users Configuration]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Manager|User Manager: Users]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_Groups|User Manager: User Groups]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial for Joomla! 3.x]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0,3.9|User Manager Help Screens|Components Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:My_Profile&amp;diff=513690</id>
		<title>Help4.x:My Profile</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:My_Profile&amp;diff=513690"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:10:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (18)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Available to users with administrator or backend access to a Joomla! installation. The &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;My Profile&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; page allows an site administrator the ability to edit their personal information. These include the following: name, username, email, and personal preferences (editors, administrator backend template choice, help, time zone and language settings).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*At the top right, click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;User Icon&#039;&#039;&#039; {{Rarr}} &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit Account&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-site-my_profile-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-Close-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|user}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Close\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Selected by Top Tabs=== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x=Site-My-Profile-tabs-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====My Profile Details==== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Site-My-Profile-details-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Name\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header LoginName\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Password\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header ConfirmPassword\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Email\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header RegistrationDate\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header LastVisitDate\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Site-My-Profile-basic-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Backendtemplate\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Backendlang\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Frontendlang\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Editor\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Helpsite\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Timezone/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== User Actions Log Options &#039;&#039;(tab available for Super Users only)&#039;&#039;==== &amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help39-Site-My-Profile-User-Actions-Log-Options-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|400px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Send notifications for User Actions Log&#039;&#039;&#039;. (&#039;&#039;Yes/No&#039;&#039;) If set to yes, the User will receive user actions log notification by email&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Select events to be notified for&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the user actions log notifications to be sent by email.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Your login name, password, and email are automatically populated from your initial installation. If desired, you can change or edit these settings by using this interface. If you change your password remember that it is case sensitive.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*You can also access and edit your administrator account from the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users User Manager Edit|Users User Manager Edit]] screen which is available through the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users User Manager|Users User Manager]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Manager_Edit|Users User Manager Edit]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0,3.9|User Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Maintenance:_Global_Check-in&amp;diff=513688</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Maintenance: Global Check-in</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Maintenance:_Global_Check-in&amp;diff=513688"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:10:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (7)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Allows Administrators to &amp;quot;check-in&amp;quot; or unlock items currently &amp;quot;locked&amp;quot; whether they are in-use by other users or the item wasn&#039;t closed properly.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Selecting this menu option allows Joomla! administrators to perform a global check-in of all currently pending or locked items. It then shows the results of the Global Check-in. This is useful, for example, if an Article is locked by a User who opened it for editing and never finished the editing session. In this case, other Users are not able to edit this Article. Performing a Global Check-in releases all such items.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To access this screen:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select &#039;&#039;&#039;System → Global Check-in&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menus.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-3x-system-maintenance-global-check-in-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Site-Maintenance-Global-Check-in-column-headers-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header CheckInFilter\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkboxes\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Database_Table\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header ItemsToCheckin\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Checkin-Options-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-System-Check-In-Filters-Sort-Numbers-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Checkin\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Make sure no one is busy editing any items before you perform a global check-in. When a Global Check-in is done, &#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039; items are checked in, including those currently being edited.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*To see all logged in users: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Users_User_Manager|User Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0,3.9|Site Maintenance Help Screens|System Information}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Maintenance:_Clear_Cache&amp;diff=513687</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Maintenance: Clear Cache</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Maintenance:_Clear_Cache&amp;diff=513687"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:10:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (6)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Component packaged with Joomla! core to clear cache files from the cache folders if enabled under the  [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration#Cache_Settings|Site Global Configuration]] settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This tool will delete &#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039; Cache files from the cache folders - including current ones - from your web server. As admin functions are cached too, some cache folders might appear as if they were not cleaned because they get recreated before cache content is rescanned after this action.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cache files are temporary files that are created to improve the performance of your site. If you have made significant changes to your web site, such as changing your Template or Language, your cache files may be out of date. To avoid any problems caused by out of date cache files, you can delete all of the cache files.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Because this process deletes &#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039; Cache files,  the website may be a little slower immediately after running Clean Cache.  Once this process is complete, users lose the benefit of using the cache files until they are re-created by Joomla! to be up to date with your current site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In contrast, the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Site_Maintenance_Purge_Expired_Cache|Purge Expired Cache]] option will check each Cache file individually for being out of date, but the process is slower and requires more system resources.  However, the website should perform close to the same speed for users visiting your site, since all up to date files are still available for your current Joomla! site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To access this screen:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select &#039;&#039;&#039;System → Clear Cache&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menus.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-System-Clear-Cache-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-System-Clear-Cache-Filters-Search-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The drop-down list in sidebar left allows you to filter the list with the following options:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the default and allows you to see the cache files for the front-end of the web site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select this option to see the cache files for the Administrator back-end of the web site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-System-Clear-Cache-Filters-Sort-Numbers-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-System-Clear-Cache-Columns-Header-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Number\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Cache Group\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Number of Files\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Size\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Pagination== &amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-colheader-pagination-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Display\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Delete-Options-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete:&#039;&#039;&#039; Deletes the selected items. Works with one or multiple items selected.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete All:&#039;&#039;&#039; Deletes all the items. Works with all items.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options.&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help.&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens this help screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Normally you want to delete all cache files. To do this, click the check box in the column heading to select all files and then click the Delete icon in the toolbar.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* To change the cache settings for your site: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration|Global Configuration - Cache Settings]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* To purge the cache files for your site: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Site Maintenance Purge Expired Cache|Site Maintenance - Purge Expired Cache]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0,3.9|Site Maintenance Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=513686</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=513686"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:09:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (5)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Controls all critical global settings of the Joomla site, they include the following: Site, System, Server, Permissions, and Text filters.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla site with your personal settings.  Settings made in this screen apply to the whole site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration#Site|Details on Site]] configuration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration#System|Details on System]] configuration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration#Server|Details on Server]] configuration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration#Permissions|Details on Permissions]] configuration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration#Text Filters|Details on Text filters]] configuration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To access this screen you can either:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Global&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Site Control Panel|Control Panel]], or&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select &#039;&#039;&#039;System → Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menus.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help-3x-global-configuration\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|global configuration settings}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|global configuration settings}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla-root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Site_Control_Panel|Control panel]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial for Joomla!]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0,3.9|Global Configuration Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Manager_Options&amp;diff=513685</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menus Menu Manager Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Manager_Options&amp;diff=513685"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:09:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: /* Toolbar */clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (5)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the Menu Manager by clicking on the Menu Manager icon in the Control Panel, or by clicking on &#039;Menu Manager&#039; in the &#039;Menus&#039; menu. After that, click on the &#039;New&#039; button in the toolbar, or select a menu and click on the &#039;Options&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
You can set options of your menus in this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:J30-Menus-Menu-Manager-Option-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{colheader|Title}} &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Page Heading: &#039;&#039;&#039;Show the page heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Page Heading: &#039;&#039;&#039;Optional alternative text for the Page heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Page Class: &#039;&#039;&#039;Optional css class to add elements in this page. This allows css styling specific to this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top you will see the toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save:&#039;&#039;&#039; Saves the menu and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the menu and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the menu and keeps the editing screen open and ready to create another menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Hover your mouse over the &#039;*&#039; next to the input box, and extra information will be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you forgot to create a module for this menu, you can do so by using the [[Help4.x:Extensions_Module_Manager|Module Manager]], found by going to Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager. Click on &#039;New&#039;, and then on &#039;Menu&#039;. Fill in a title and select the Menu in the Module Parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is a good idea to give a descriptive title for new menus.  This is how the menu will be identified in the &#039;&#039;Backend Menus menu&#039;&#039;. It is also a good idea to fill in the &#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039; field with information about the menu. This is how the menu&#039;s module will be referred to in the Module Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
* When you create a new menu, use only alphanumeric characters without spaces in the &#039;&#039;Unique Name&#039;&#039; field. It is a good idea to use only a-z, 0-9 and underscore (_) characters. Please read the tooltips as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menu Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help4.x:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|4.0|Menu Manager Help Screens|Menus Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menus:_Edit&amp;diff=513684</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menus: Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menus:_Edit&amp;diff=513684"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:09:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (6)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can add or modify menus in this screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the Menu Manager by clicking on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Menu(s)&#039;&#039;&#039; icon in the Control Panel, or by clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;Menus → Manage&#039;&#039;&#039;. After that, click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; button in the toolbar, or select a menu and click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help-3x-add-new-menu/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-NoSaveCopy-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menu}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menu}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menu}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Hover your mouse over the labels before the input box, and extra information will be shown.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* If you forgot to create a module for this menu, you can do so directly from the Menus screen by clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;Add a module for this menu&#039;&#039;&#039; or by using the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions_Module_Manager|Module Manager]], found by going to &#039;&#039;&#039;Extensions → Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Click on &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039;, and then on &#039;&#039;&#039;Menu&#039;&#039;&#039;. Fill in a title and select the Menu in the Module Parameters.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* It is a good idea to give a descriptive title for new menus.  This is how the menu will be identified in the &#039;&#039;Backend Menus menu&#039;&#039;. It is also a good idea to fill in the &#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039; field with information about the menu. This is how the menu&#039;s module will be referred to in the Module Manager.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* When you create a new menu, use only alphanumeric characters without spaces in the &#039;&#039;Unique Name&#039;&#039; field. It is a good idea to use only a-z, 0-9 and underscore (_) characters. Please read the tooltips as well.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Manager|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menu Manager&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Site_Control_Panel|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Control Panel&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0,3.9|Menu Manager Help Screens|Menus Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menus&amp;diff=513683</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menus</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menus&amp;diff=513683"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:09:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (8)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an overview of the menus available on a Joomla site. This includes the details of each individual menu&#039;s number of items published, unpublished and names of linked modules.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus allow a user to navigate through the site. A menu is an object which contains one or more menu items. Each menu item points to a logical page on the site. A menu module is required to place the menu on the page. One menu can have more than one module. For example, one module might show only the first level menu items and a second module might show the level 2 menu items.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The process for adding a menu to the site is normally as follows:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Create a new menu (using this screen).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Create one or more new menu items on the menu. Each menu item will have a specific menu item type.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Create one or more menu modules to display the menu on the site. When you create the modules, you will select which menu items (pages) the modules will show on.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Access== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the backend of Joomla! use either &#039;&#039;&#039;Menus → Manage&#039;&#039;&#039; or the icon &#039;&#039;&#039;Menu(s)&#039;&#039;&#039; from the control panel.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-3x-menus-menu-manager-menus-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the title of a column will sort the table view by the column. A down arrow next to the column title means ascending order and an up arrow means descending order. The default sort is by &#039;&#039;&#039;ID#&#039;&#039;&#039; in ascending order.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Published&#039;&#039;&#039;. Number of published menu items in this menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Unpublished&#039;&#039;&#039;. Number of unpublished menu items in this menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Trashed&#039;&#039;&#039;. Number of trashed menu items in this menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Linked Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Lists any menu modules associated with the menu. The column shows the module&#039;s name, access level, and position on template.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-New-Edit-Delete-Rebuild-Options-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menu}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Edit/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menu}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Delete/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menus}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Deleting a menu also deletes all the menu items it contains and any associated menu modules. On clicking Delete you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the selected menus. Clicking OK button will delete the menus. Click Cancel to abort the deletion.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Rebuild/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menu}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Options\en}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Menus_Configuration|Menus Configuration]].&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* It is expedient to give a descriptive title for new menus because, later, you will see it in the &#039;&#039;Backend Menus&#039;&#039; menu. It is a good idea to fill in the &#039;&#039;Description&#039;&#039; field with information about the menu. If you enter a short title in the &#039;&#039;Module title&#039;&#039; field, you can identify the menu&#039;s  module using that title in the Module Manager.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Though you can create a copy of a selected menu by clicking the &#039;&#039;Copy&#039;&#039; toolbar button, you can make another instance in the Module Manager as well.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* When you create a new menu, use only English alphanumeric characters without space in the Unique Name field. It is a good idea using only a-z, 0-9 and underscore (_) characters. Please read the tooltips as well.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* If you don&#039;t enter a &#039;&#039;Module title&#039;&#039;, no module will be created and the menu cannot be displayed in the front end. However you can use the Module Manager later to create a new mod_mainmenu module, and assign it to the menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* If you delete an existing menu, do not forget that all the menu items of the respective menu will be also deleted.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The Main Menu has your default menu item, so it &#039;&#039;&#039;should not be deleted&#039;&#039;&#039;.  The default menu item is defines the page that is displayed when you visit www.&#039;&#039;yoursite&#039;&#039;.com, and your site will not function if it is deleted. It is usually your Home menu item but it can be set to any menu item including a menu item in a hidden menu.  If you change the default menu item, make sure that you don&#039;t delete that menu item either! The menu with the default menu item is marked with an asterisk (*) in the &#039;&#039;Menus&#039;&#039; menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* To add new Menus: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Manager_Edit|Menu Manager New/Edit]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* To set action permissions for menus: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Menus_Configuration|Menus Configuration]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Menu Items: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Item Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* To add or edit Menu Modules: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Module Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0,3.9|Menu Manager Help Screens|Menus Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Iframe_Wrapper&amp;diff=513682</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Iframe Wrapper</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Iframe_Wrapper&amp;diff=513682"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:09:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (16)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new IFrame Wrapper Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the Iframe Wrapper Menu Item link under Wrapper.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing IFrame Wrapper Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a page with embedded content using an [[wikipedia:HTML_element#Frames|IFrame]] with control of iframe size, width and height.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Wrapper-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header URL\en}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, it is a good idea to always add http:// or https:// when providing a URL. There is a [[Help4.x:Menus Menu Item Wrapper#Advanced Options|Auto add]] function to prefix a URL with http:// unless it detects the prefix in the URL. &#039;&#039;NOTE - Use the relative path to a web page address on Joomla installation. If your Joomla! website is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.example.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, then use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt; /html_docs/example.html&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; omitting &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://www.example.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and make sure the &#039;Auto add&#039; function is disabled.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Scroll Bar Parameters==== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Wrapper-Scroll-Bar-parameters-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Scroll Bars\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Width\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Height\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Wrapper-Advanced-options-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Auto height\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Auto add\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Frame border\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Link Type Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Page Display Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Metadata Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAsCopy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit&amp;diff=513681</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menus Menu Item Weblink Submit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit&amp;diff=513681"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:09:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (18)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new Submit a Web Link Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the Submit a Web Link Menu Item link under Weblinks link.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Submit a Web Link Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a Web Link submission form in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit#Front End Screenshot|Front End (website)]] allowing users with permission to submit Web Links.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Web-Link-Submit-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Link Type Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Page Display Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Metadata Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-SaveCopy-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAsCopy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Front End Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help screen screenshot disclaimer\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Menus-Menu-Item-Weblink-Submit-web-link-submission-layout-output-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Fields=== &amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The following are available form fields when submitting a Web Link on the Front End. Title, Category and URL are required fields.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Alias\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Category\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header URL\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status\en}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;*Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Trashed is not an available option because the Web Link does not exist yet. The only options are Published or Unpublished when submitting a new Web Link.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Description\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*For use of the Toggle editor button, see [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Content Article Manager Edit#Editor_Buttons|Editor Buttons]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can set the Web Link options in two places.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** In [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components Web Links Manager Options#Options|Web Links Manager Options]] you can set the default values for all categories.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** In [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components Weblinks Categories Edit|Category Manager: Edit A Web Links Category]] you can set a values for a specific category. If this is set, it overrides the default value.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Categories are created using [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|Category Manager: Edit A Web Links Category]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|Weblink|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Weblinks Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Web Links Category Manager is where you can [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|edit]] existing Web Links Categories and [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|create new ones]]. Note that Web Links Categories are separate from other Categories, such as Categories for Articles, Banners, News Feeds, and Contacts. From this screen, you can also navigate to the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Links|Web Links Manager]] screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Weblinks Categories Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you can add a new Web Link Category or edit an existing one. Note that you need to create at least one Web Link Category before you can create a Web Link. Also, Web Link Categories are separate from other types of Categories, such as those for Articles, Banners, and News Feeds.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Links|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Weblinks Links&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:73--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Weblinks Manager allows you to [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit|add]], [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit|edit]] and remove links to other web sites on your Joomla! web site, and organize them into [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories|categories]]. You can then [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit#Displaying_Links_on_your_Site|display these links on your site]], and optionally [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit#Letting_Visitors_Submit_Links|let visitors add new links]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Weblinks Links Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you add a new Web Link or edit an existing one. Note that you need to create at least one [[Special:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|Web Links Category]] before you can create your first Web Link.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions_Module_Manager_Weblinks|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Extensions Module Manager Weblinks&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Weblinks module will display weblinks from within the Weblinks component.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Categories|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:78--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Weblink Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a list of all Web Link Categories. Categories are shown in a hierarchical list, as shown below. Depending on the selected options for this layout, you can click on a category Title to show the Web Links in that category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Category|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Weblink Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a list of Web Links in a Category. Categories are shown in a hierarchical list, parent with child (sub) categories. Depending on the selected layout options, click on a category Title to show the Web Links in that category or sub categories.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Category&amp;diff=513680</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menus Menu Item Weblink Category</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Category&amp;diff=513680"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:09:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (23)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new List Web Links in a Category Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the List Web Links in a Category Menu Item link under Weblinks link.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing List Web Links in a Category Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a list of Web Links in a Category. Categories are shown in a hierarchical list, parent with child (sub) categories. Depending on the selected layout options, click on a category Title to show the Web Links in that category or sub categories.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Web-Link-Category-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This layout requires a category selection. This is done in the list box shown above in the screenshot. All child categories of the selected category will show in the layout if sub categories are shown.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select a Category\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Category Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control the appearance of the screen when you click on a category link. The following options are available.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Web-Link-Categories-category-options-parameters-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Category Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Category Description\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Category Image\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Subcategory Levels\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Empty Categories\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Subcategories Descriptions\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Number Web Links in Category\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====List Layout Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The List Layout Options control the appearance of the category drill-down page when that is presented as a Category List. The following options are available:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Web-Link-Categories-list-layout-options-parameters-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; (Use Global/Hide/Show) Whether to show a Filter field for the list. Select Hide to hide the filer field&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Display Select\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Table Headings\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Links Description\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Number of Hits\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination Results\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Link Type Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Page Display Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Metadata Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-SaveCopy-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAsCopy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Categories can be &amp;quot;nested&amp;quot; into levels, similar to folders on a disk drive. In theory there is no absolute limit on the number of levels you can have. However, as a practical matter it is recommended to keep the levels to a minimum. The Show All Categories layout may not work correctly if the number of levels shown is greater than five.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* If you set up category titles as linkable, the user can drill down on the category. If there is a pre-existing menu item for this category (for example, a Category List menu item), then that menu item will show in the drill down and the options set for that menu item will control the page display. Otherwise, the options set for the current Show All Categories menu item will control the page display.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can set the option to drill down to a list in two places.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** In [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components Web Links Manager Options#Options|Web Links Manager Options]] you can set the default value for all categories.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** In [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components Weblinks Categories Edit|Category Manager: Edit A Web Links Category]] you can set a value for a specific category. If this is set, it overrides the default value.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Categories are created using [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|Category Manager: Edit A Web Links Category]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|Weblink|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Weblinks Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Web Links Category Manager is where you can [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|edit]] existing Web Links Categories and [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|create new ones]]. Note that Web Links Categories are separate from other Categories, such as Categories for Articles, Banners, News Feeds, and Contacts. From this screen, you can also navigate to the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Links|Web Links Manager]] screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:78--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Weblinks Categories Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you can add a new Web Link Category or edit an existing one. Note that you need to create at least one Web Link Category before you can create a Web Link. Also, Web Link Categories are separate from other types of Categories, such as those for Articles, Banners, and News Feeds.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Links|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Weblinks Links&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Weblinks Manager allows you to [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit|add]], [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit|edit]] and remove links to other web sites on your Joomla! web site, and organize them into [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories|categories]]. You can then [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Category#Displaying_Links_on_your_Site|display these links on your site]], and optionally [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Category#Letting_Visitors_Submit_Links|let visitors add new links]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:82--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Weblinks Links Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:83--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you add a new Web Link or edit an existing one. Note that you need to create at least one [[Special:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|Web Links Category]] before you can create your first Web Link.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions_Module_Manager_Weblinks|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:84--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Extensions Module Manager Weblinks&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:85--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Weblinks module will display weblinks from within the Weblinks component.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Categories|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:86--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Weblink Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:87--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a list of all Web Link Categories. Categories are shown in a hierarchical list, as shown below. Depending on the selected options for this layout, you can click on a category Title to show the Web Links in that category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:88--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Weblink Submit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:89--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a Web Link submission form in [[Special:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit#Front_End_Screenshot|Front End (website)]] allowing users with permission to submit Web Links.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Categories&amp;diff=513679</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menus Menu Item Weblink Categories</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Categories&amp;diff=513679"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:09:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (25)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new List All Web Link Categories Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:83--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:84--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the List All Web Link Categories Menu Item link under Weblinks link.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing List All Web Link Categories Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a list of all Web Link Categories. Categories are shown in a hierarchical list, as shown below. Depending on the selected options for this layout, you can click on a category Title to show the Web Links in that category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Web-Link-Categories-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This layout requires a starting top-level category selection. This is done in the list box shown above in the screenshot. To include all web link categories, select &#039;&#039;Root&#039;&#039;. Otherwise, select the desired top-level category. All child categories of the selected category will show in the layout.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select a Category\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Categories Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Categories Options allow you to control various aspects of this layout, as shown below. If you select &#039;&#039;Use Global&#039;&#039; for any option, the value from the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components News Feed Manager Options#Options|News Feeds Manager Options]] will be used.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Web-Link-Categories-categories-options-parameters-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Use Global/Hide/Show) Whether to hide or show the description of the top-level category. Note that this description can be overridden for this layout by entering a Alternative Description below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Alternative Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an optional description to alternatively replace the category description for this layout. If the Top Level Description option is set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this entered description will show instead of the normal category description.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Subcategory Levels\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Empty Categories\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Subcategories Descriptions\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Web links&#039;&#039;&#039;. (Use Global/Hide/Show) Show or hide the number of &#039;Web Links&#039; in each category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Category Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control the appearance of the screen when you click on a category link. The following options are available.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Web-Link-Categories-categories-category-options-parameters-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Category Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Category Description\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Category Image\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Subcategory Levels\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Empty Categories\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Subcategories Descriptions\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Web links&#039;&#039;&#039;. (Use Global/Hide/Show) Show or hide the number of &#039;Web Links&#039; in each category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;====List Layout Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The List Layout Options control the appearance of the category drill-down page when that is presented as a Category List. The following options are available:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Web-Link-Categories-categories-list-layout-options-parameters-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:82--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; (Use Global/Hide/Show) Whether to show a Filter field for the list. Select Hide to hide the filer field&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Display Select\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Table Headings\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Links Description\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Number of Hits\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination Results\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Link Type Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Page Display Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Metadata Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-SaveCopy-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAsCopy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:73--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Categories can be &amp;quot;nested&amp;quot; into levels, similar to folders on a disk drive. In theory there is no absolute limit on the number of levels you can have. However, as a practical matter it is recommended to keep the levels to a minimum. The Show All Categories layout may not work correctly if the number of levels shown is greater than five.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* If you set up category titles as linkable, the user can drill down on the category. If there is a pre-existing menu item for this category (for example, a Category List menu item), then that menu item will show in the drill down and the options set for that menu item will control the page display. Otherwise, the options set for the current Show All Categories menu item will control the page display.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can set the option to drill down to a list in two places.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** In [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components Web Links Manager Options#Options|Web Links Manager Options]] you can set the default value for all categories.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** In [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components Weblinks Categories Edit|Category Manager: Edit A Web Links Category]] you can set a value for a specific category. If this is set, it overrides the default value.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:78--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Categories are created using [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|Category Manager: Edit A Web Links Category]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|Weblink|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:86--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:87--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:88--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Weblinks Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:89--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Web Links Category Manager is where you can [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|edit]] existing Web Links Categories and [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|create new ones]]. Note that Web Links Categories are separate from other Categories, such as Categories for Articles, Banners, News Feeds, and Contacts. From this screen, you can also navigate to the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Links|Web Links Manager]] screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:90--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Weblinks Categories Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:91--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you can add a new Web Link Category or edit an existing one. Note that you need to create at least one Web Link Category before you can create a Web Link. Also, Web Link Categories are separate from other types of Categories, such as those for Articles, Banners, and News Feeds.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Links|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:92--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Weblinks Links&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:93--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Weblinks Manager allows you to [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit|add]], [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit|edit]] and remove links to other web sites on your Joomla! web site, and organize them into [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories|categories]]. You can then [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Categories#Displaying_Links_on_your_Site|display these links on your site]], and optionally [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Categories#Letting_Visitors_Submit_Links|let visitors add new links]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:94--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Weblinks Links Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:95--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you add a new Web Link or edit an existing one. Note that you need to create at least one [[Special:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|Web Links Category]] before you can create your first Web Link.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions_Module_Manager_Weblinks|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:96--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Extensions Module Manager Weblinks&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:97--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Weblinks module will display weblinks from within the Weblinks component.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Category|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:98--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Weblink Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:99--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a list of Web Links in a Category. Categories are shown in a hierarchical list, parent with child (sub) categories. Depending on the selected layout options, click on a category Title to show the Web Links in that category or sub categories.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:100--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Weblink Submit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:101--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a Web Link submission form in [[Special:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit#Front_End_Screenshot|Front End (website)]] allowing users with permission to submit Web Links.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Username_Reminder_Request&amp;diff=513678</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Username Reminder Request</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Username_Reminder_Request&amp;diff=513678"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:09:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (9)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new User Reminder Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the User Reminder Menu Item link under Users Manager.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing User Reminder Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to request an e-mail with their username.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-User-Reminder-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Link Type Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Page Display Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Metadata Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Front End Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Example Front End Site images are generic images using Joomla! core installation supplied free Front End Templates. The actual view can depend on the installed custom template used and the template&#039;s style for those views on a Joomla! website.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Reminder shown:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-User-Reminder-front-end-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|Menu_Item_User|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Login|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Login&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a &#039;User Login Form&#039; page for users to login to the website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Password_Reset|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Password Reset&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to reset their password with an email sent to the user&#039;s email associated with the account.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Profile&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to edit their profile settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Profile Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to edit their profile settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Registration|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Registration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a default User Registration form for user registration. Default form contains basic information: Name, Username, Password, and Email Address.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Registration_Form&amp;diff=513677</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Registration Form</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Registration_Form&amp;diff=513677"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:09:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (9)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new User Registration Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the User Registration Menu Item link under Users Manager.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing User Registration Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a default User Registration form for user registration. Default form contains basic information: Name, Username, Password, and Email Address.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-User-Registration-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Link Type Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Page Display Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Metadata Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Front End Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Example Front End Site images are generic images using Joomla! core installation supplied free Front End Templates. The actual view can depend on the installed custom template used and the template&#039;s style for those views on a Joomla! website.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Basic Default User Registration shown:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-User-Registration-front-end-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* For extended registration, see the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions_Plugin_Manager_Edit#User_-_Profile|User Profile Plugin]]. The User Profile Plugin can be used to add required fields for registration and it provides a method to force a TOS(Terms of Service) acceptance for registration.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|Menu_Item_User|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Login|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Login&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a &#039;User Login Form&#039; page for users to login to the website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Password_Reset|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Password Reset&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to reset their password with an email sent to the user&#039;s email associated with the account.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Profile&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to edit their profile settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Profile Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to edit their profile settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Reminder|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Reminder&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to request an e-mail with their username.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Edit_User_Profile&amp;diff=513676</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Edit User Profile</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Edit_User_Profile&amp;diff=513676"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:09:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (9)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new User Profile Edit Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the User Profile Edit Menu Item link under Users Manager.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing User Profile Edit Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to edit their profile settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-User-Profile-Edit-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|Link Type Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|Page Display Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|Metadata Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Front End Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Example Front End Site images are generic images using Joomla! core installation supplied free Front End Templates. The actual view can depend on the installed custom template used and the template&#039;s style for those views on a Joomla! website.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Profile Edit shown:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-User-Profile-Edit-front-end-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|Menu_Item_User|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Login|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Login&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a &#039;User Login Form&#039; page for users to login to the website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Password_Reset|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Password Reset&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to reset their password with an email sent to the user&#039;s email associated with the account.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Profile&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to edit their profile settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Registration|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Registration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a default User Registration form for user registration. Default form contains basic information: Name, Username, Password, and Email Address.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Reminder|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Reminder&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to request an e-mail with their username.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_User_Profile&amp;diff=513675</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: User Profile</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_User_Profile&amp;diff=513675"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:09:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (9)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new User Profile Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the User Profile Menu Item link under Users Manager.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing User Profile Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to edit their profile settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-User-Profile-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|Link Type Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|Page Display Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|Metadata Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Front End Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Example Front End Site images are generic images using Joomla! core installation supplied free Front End Templates. The actual view can depend on the installed custom template used and the template&#039;s style for those views on a Joomla! website.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Profile shown:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-User-Profile-front-end-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|Menu_Item_User|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Login|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Login&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a &#039;User Login Form&#039; page for users to login to the website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Password_Reset|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Password Reset&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to reset their password with an email sent to the user&#039;s email associated with the account.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Profile Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to edit their profile settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Registration|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Registration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a default User Registration form for user registration. Default form contains basic information: Name, Username, Password, and Email Address.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Reminder|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Reminder&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to request an e-mail with their username.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Password_Reset&amp;diff=513674</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Password Reset</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Password_Reset&amp;diff=513674"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:09:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (9)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new User Password Reset Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the User Password Reset Menu Item link under Users Manager.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing User Password Reset Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to reset their password with an email sent to the user&#039;s email associated with the account.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-User-Password-Reset-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Link Type Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Page Display Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Metadata Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Front End Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help screen screenshot disclaimer\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Password Reset shown:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-User-Password-Reset-front-end-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|Menu_Item_User|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Login|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Login&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a &#039;User Login Form&#039; page for users to login to the website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Profile&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to edit their profile settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Profile Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to edit their profile settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Registration|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Registration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a default User Registration form for user registration. Default form contains basic information: Name, Username, Password, and Email Address.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Reminder|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Reminder&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to request an e-mail with their username.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Login_Form&amp;diff=513673</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Login Form</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Login_Form&amp;diff=513673"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:09:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (19)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new User Login Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the User Login Menu Item link under Users Manager.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing User Login Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a &#039;User Login Form&#039; page for users to login to the website.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-User-Login-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-User-Login-basic-options-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Choose Login Redirect Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Login Redirect/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Login Description/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Login Description Text/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Login Image/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Choose Logout Redirect Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Logout Redirect/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Logout Description/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Logout Description Text/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Logout Image/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|Link Type Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|Page Display Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|Metadata Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Front End Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Example Front End Site images are generic images using Joomla! core installation supplied free Front End Templates. The actual view can depend on the installed custom template used and the template&#039;s style for those views on a Joomla! website.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
User Login shown:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-User-Login-front-end-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*The &#039;&#039;&#039;Login and Logout URL&#039;&#039;&#039; can be used to send a user to a specific page(&#039;article&#039;) created to provide some feedback to the user. For example, a page titled, &#039;You are now Logged In&#039; with some general information. The use of a User Module to show links for Updating User Profile, Viewing User Profile and other User functions could be shown on this page enhancing a user&#039;s site experience.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|Menu_Item_User|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Password_Reset|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Password Reset&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to reset their password with an email sent to the user&#039;s email associated with the account.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Profile&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to edit their profile settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Profile Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to edit their profile settings.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Registration|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Registration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a default User Registration form for user registration. Default form contains basic information: Name, Username, Password, and Email Address.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Reminder|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item User Reminder&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a form which allows a user to request an e-mail with their username.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Separator&amp;diff=513672</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Separator</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Separator&amp;diff=513672"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:09:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (13)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new Text Separator Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the Text Separator Menu Item link under System Links.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Text Separator Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to provide a way to separate links with images or text in a menu. Some uses might be to give a title to a group of links or allow a short description before each link or groups of links. See the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus Menu Item Text Separator#Front End Screenshot|Front End Example]] screenshot below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Text-Separator-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Link Type Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Text-Separator-link-type-options-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Link CSS Style/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Link Image\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Add Menu Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Display In Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Front End Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Text-Separator-front-end-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help screen screenshot disclaimer\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* It is possible to use an image as a Text Separator. Since a Menu Title is required, to use only image as a separator, the Menu Title can be a &amp;quot;space&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_List_All_Tags&amp;diff=513671</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: List All Tags</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_List_All_Tags&amp;diff=513671"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:09:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (27)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new Search Results Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the List of All Tags Menu Item link under Tags.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Compact Tag Views Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a &#039;List of All Tags&#039; page per tag(s) selected.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help31-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-List-All-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Optional Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Content Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language Filter/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Link/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Tag Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-List-All-Tags-options-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Number Of Columns/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Heading Description/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Show Heading Image/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Heading Image File/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Order/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Direction/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Item Images/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Tag Description/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Maximum Characters/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Hits/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Item Selection Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-List-All-Tags-Selection-options-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Maximum Items/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Filter Field/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Display Select/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Integration Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|Link Type Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|Page Display Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|Metadata Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menu item}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menu item}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menu item}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Front End Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help screen screenshot disclaimer\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tags List Layout: &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help31-Menus-Menu-Tags-List-All-front-end-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|%Menu%Tag%|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Tags_Items_Compact_List|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Tags Items Compact List&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a &#039;Compact List of Tagged Items&#039; page per tag(s) selected.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Tags_Items_List|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Tags Items List&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a &#039;Tagged List of Items&#039; page per tag(s) selected.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Tagged_Items&amp;diff=513670</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Tagged Items</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Tagged_Items&amp;diff=513670"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:08:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (30)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new Tagged Items Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the Tagged Items Menu Item link under Tags.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Tags Items Lists Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a &#039;Tagged List of Items&#039; page per tag(s) selected.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help31-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-List-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Tag/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Optional Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Content Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language Filter/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Link/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Tag Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-Items-List-Tags-options-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Show Tag Name/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Tag Image/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Tag Description/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Image/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Description/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Order/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Direction/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Item Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-Items-List-Item-options-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Item Image/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Item Description/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Maximum Characters/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Filter Field/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Pagination Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-Items-List-Pagination-options-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Display Select/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Item Selection Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-Items-List-Item-Selection-options-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Match Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Child Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Integration Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-Items-List-Integration-options-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Show Feed Link/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Link Type Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Page Display Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Metadata Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menu item}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menu item}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Front End Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help screen screenshot disclaimer\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tags List Layout:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help31-Menus-Menu-Tags-List-front-end-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|%Menu%Tag%|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:78--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Tags_Items_Compact_List|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Tags Items Compact List&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a &#039;Compact List of Tagged Items&#039; page per tag(s) selected.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Tags_Items_List_All|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:82--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Tags Items List All&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:83--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a &#039;List of All Tags&#039; page per tag(s) selected.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Compact_List_of_Tagged_Items&amp;diff=513669</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Compact List of Tagged Items</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Compact_List_of_Tagged_Items&amp;diff=513669"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:08:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (32)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new Search Results Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the Compact List of Tagged Items Menu Item link under Tags.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Compact List of Tags Items Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a &#039;Compact List of Tagged Items&#039; page per tag(s) selected.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help31-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-Compact-List-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Tag/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Optional Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Content Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language Filter/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Link/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Tag Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-Items-Compact-List-Tags-options-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Show Tag Name/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Tag Image/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Tag Description/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Image/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Description/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Order/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Direction/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====List Layouts==== &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-Items-Compact-List-ListLayout-options-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Item Image/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Item Description/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Maximum Characters/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Filter Field/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Display Select/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Number Items To List/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Show Date/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Date Format/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Item Selection Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Tags-Items-Items-Compact-List-Item-Selection-options-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Mach Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Child Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Integration Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Link Type Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Page Display Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Metadata Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Front End Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help screen screenshot disclaimer\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tags List Layout:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help31-Menus-Menu-Tags-Compact-List-front-end-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|%Menu%Tag%|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Related Help Screens !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Tags_Items_List|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Tags Items List&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:78--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a &#039;Tagged List of Items&#039; page per tag(s) selected.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Tags_Items_List_All|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Tags Items List All&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a &#039;List of All Tags&#039; page per tag(s) selected.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Search_Results&amp;diff=513668</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menus Menu Item Search Results</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Search_Results&amp;diff=513668"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:08:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (15)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new Search Form or Search Results Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the Search Form or Search Results Menu Item link under Search.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Search Results Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a &#039;Search Form or Search Results&#039; page for users to search site&#039;s content. Additional, used to control output look of search results or &#039;can&#039; the results of a search with a menu link for preset search term or terms.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Search-Results-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Optional Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Search Term\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus Menu Item Search Results#Quick Tips|Quick Tips]] for more details.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Search-Results-basic-options-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Use Search Options/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Use Search Areas\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Created Date\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Default Search Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Search for\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Results ordering\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|Link Type Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|Page Display Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|Metadata Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Front End Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help screen screenshot disclaimer\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Search form shown:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Search-Results-front-end-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Search results shown:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Search-Results-front-end-results-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Canning Search Results&#039;&#039;&#039;. To &#039;can&#039; search results (force a desired search term), use the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus Menu Item Search Results#Optional Settings|Search Term]] optional setting. This optional field will force a search term or terms into the search field when a user clicks on a Menu &#039;Link&#039; to a &#039;Search Results&#039; Menu Item. For example, a user clicks a Menu Item called, &#039;More Joomla! Articles&#039;. The search term field could contain the word, Joomla!. The filled optional field would show the search component page with the word Joomla! pre-filled in the search field and showing the results of &#039;Joomla!&#039; searched on the website.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|Sear|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Finder_Manage_Search_Filters|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Finder Manage Search Filters&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows the static search filters currently available for use in Smart Search&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Finder_Manage_Search_Filters_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Finder Manage Search Filters Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen allows you to create a new search filter or amend an existing one.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Search|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Search&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Search Statistics screen allows you to see how many searches were done for each keyword combination and how many results were returned for each search.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Search_Manager_Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Search Manager Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Search_Manager_Options#Component|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Details on Component Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Search_Manager_Options#Permissions|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Details on Permissions&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
configuration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions_Module_Manager_Search|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Extensions Module Manager Search&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This Module displays a Search entry field where the user can type in a phrase and press &#039;Enter&#039; to search the web site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions_Module_Manager_Smart_Search|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:73--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Extensions Module Manager Smart Search&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Smart Search is an enhanced site search.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Finder_Search|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Finder Search&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a page for Smart Search Results, which can be used in conjunction with a [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions_Module_Manager_Smart_Search|Smart Search module]] to control Search Results Page&#039;s layout. Ability to &#039;can&#039; Smart Search results to specific filters to control a search.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Extend_Consent&amp;diff=513667</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Extend Consent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Extend_Consent&amp;diff=513667"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:08:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: /* Toolbar */clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (6)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt; Used to display an &#039;Extend Consent&#039; menu link in the front end of the site to display a form allowing your users to renew their privacy consent.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt; To create a new Extend Consent Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt; Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the backend of your Joomla installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt; Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt; Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;[[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt; and then click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Extend Consent&#039;&#039;&#039; link under &#039;&#039;&#039;Privacy&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help39-Menus-Menu-Item-Privacy-Extend-Consent-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt; The Extend Consent has the following settings:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Menu Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; The title that will display for this menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Alias.&#039;&#039;&#039; The internal name of the item, also used in the URL when SEF is activated. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value. The default value is the Title or Name in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces. You may enter the Alias manually. The Alias should consist of lowercase letters and hyphens (-). No blank spaces or underscores are allowed. Non-Latin characters can be allowed in the alias if you set the Unicode Aliases option to Yes in Global Configuration. If this option is set to No and the title includes non-Latin characters, the Alias will default to the current date and time (for example &amp;quot;2012-12-31-17-54-38&amp;quot;).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Menu Item Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Target Window.&#039;&#039;&#039; This determines how the new page will be opened. Options are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Parent.&#039;&#039; Open new menu item in parent window. This is the default.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;New Window With Navigation.&#039;&#039; Open menu item in a new window with full browser navigation (for example, &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; button).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;New Without Navigation.&#039;&#039; Open menu item in a new window without browser navigation.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Template Style.&#039;&#039;&#039; Controls the template style for this menu item. A list box will show the available template styles for your site, similar to the following:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}[[Image:Help-4x-menu-item-template-style-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt; Select &amp;quot;Use Default&amp;quot; to use the default style for the site. Select a specific template style to always show this menu item with that style.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options=== &amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt; See&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt; Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] for help on fields common to most Menu Item types:&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt; [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|Link Type Options]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt; [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|Page Display Options]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt; [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|Metadata Options]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt; [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:73--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt; At the top you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-SaveCopy-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt; The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save:&#039;&#039;&#039; Saves the item and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and keeps the editing screen open and ready to create another item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save as Copy&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves your changes to a copy of the current item.  Does not affect the current item.  This toolbar icon is not shown if you are creating a new item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:83--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Privacy|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt; The Privacy Tool Suite&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Category:Privacy_Help_Screens|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt; Privacy Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Privacy Help Screens|Menus Help Screens|Menu Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Request&amp;diff=513666</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Request</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Request&amp;diff=513666"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:08:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: /* Toolbar */clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (6)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt; Used to display a &#039;Create Request&#039; menu link in the front end of the site to display a form allowing your users to submit an information request (Export or Remove).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt; To create a new Create Request Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt; Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the backend of your Joomla installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt; Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt; Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;[[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt; and then click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Request&#039;&#039;&#039; link under &#039;&#039;&#039;Privacy&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help39-Menus-Menu-Item-Privacy-Create-Request-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt; The Create Request has the following settings:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Menu Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; The title that will display for this menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Alias.&#039;&#039;&#039; The internal name of the item, also used in the URL when SEF is activated. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value. The default value is the Title or Name in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces. You may enter the Alias manually. The Alias should consist of lowercase letters and hyphens (-). No blank spaces or underscores are allowed. Non-Latin characters can be allowed in the alias if you set the Unicode Aliases option to Yes in Global Configuration. If this option is set to No and the title includes non-Latin characters, the Alias will default to the current date and time (for example &amp;quot;2012-12-31-17-54-38&amp;quot;).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Menu Item Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Target Window.&#039;&#039;&#039; This determines how the new page will be opened. Options are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Parent.&#039;&#039; Open new menu item in parent window. This is the default.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;New Window With Navigation.&#039;&#039; Open menu item in a new window with full browser navigation (for example, &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; button).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;New Without Navigation.&#039;&#039; Open menu item in a new window without browser navigation.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Template Style.&#039;&#039;&#039; Controls the template style for this menu item. A list box will show the available template styles for your site, similar to the following:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}[[Image:Help-4x-menu-item-template-style-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt; Select &amp;quot;Use Default&amp;quot; to use the default style for the site. Select a specific template style to always show this menu item with that style.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options=== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt; See&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt; Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] for help on fields common to most Menu Item types:&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt; [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|Link Type Options]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt; [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|Page Display Options]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt; [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|Metadata Options]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt; [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt; At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-SaveCopy-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt; The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save:&#039;&#039;&#039; Saves the item and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and keeps the editing screen open and ready to create another item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save as Copy&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves your changes to a copy of the current item.  Does not affect the current item.  This toolbar icon is not shown if you are creating a new item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Privacy|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt; The Privacy Tool Suite&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Category:Privacy_Help_Screens|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt; Privacy Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Privacy Help Screens|Menus Help Screens|Menu Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Confirm_Request&amp;diff=513665</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Confirm Request</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Confirm_Request&amp;diff=513665"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:08:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: /* Toolbar */clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (6)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt; Used to display a &#039;Confirm Request&#039; menu link in the front end of the site to display a form allowing your users to confirm an information request (Export or Remove).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt; To create a new Confirm Request Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt; Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the backend of your Joomla installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt; Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt; Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;[[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt; and then click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm Request&#039;&#039;&#039; link under &#039;&#039;&#039;Privacy&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help39-Menus-Menu-Item-Privacy-Confirm-Request-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt; The Confirm Request has the following settings:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Menu Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; The title that will display for this menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Alias.&#039;&#039;&#039; The internal name of the item, also used in the URL when SEF is activated. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value. The default value is the Title or Name in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces. You may enter the Alias manually. The Alias should consist of lowercase letters and hyphens (-). No blank spaces or underscores are allowed. Non-Latin characters can be allowed in the alias if you set the Unicode Aliases option to Yes in Global Configuration. If this option is set to No and the title includes non-Latin characters, the Alias will default to the current date and time (for example &amp;quot;2012-12-31-17-54-38&amp;quot;).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Menu Item Type.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Target Window.&#039;&#039;&#039; This determines how the new page will be opened. Options are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Parent.&#039;&#039; Open new menu item in parent window. This is the default.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;New Window With Navigation.&#039;&#039; Open menu item in a new window with full browser navigation (for example, &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; button).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;New Without Navigation.&#039;&#039; Open menu item in a new window without browser navigation.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Template Style.&#039;&#039;&#039; Controls the template style for this menu item. A list box will show the available template styles for your site, similar to the following:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}[[Image:Help-4x-menu-item-template-style-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt; Select &amp;quot;Use Default&amp;quot; to use the default style for the site. Select a specific template style to always show this menu item with that style.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options=== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt; See&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt; Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] for help on fields common to most Menu Item types:&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt; [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|Link Type Options]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt; [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|Page Display Options]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt; [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|Metadata Options]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt; [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt; At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-SaveCopy-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt; The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save:&#039;&#039;&#039; Saves the item and stays in the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; Close&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and closes the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save &amp;amp; New&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves the item and keeps the editing screen open and ready to create another item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Save as Copy&#039;&#039;&#039;. Saves your changes to a copy of the current item.  Does not affect the current item.  This toolbar icon is not shown if you are creating a new item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Privacy|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt; The Privacy Tool Suite&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Category:Privacy_Help_Screens|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt; Privacy Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Privacy Help Screens|Menus Help Screens|Menu Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Single_News_Feed&amp;diff=513664</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Single News Feed</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Single_News_Feed&amp;diff=513664"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:08:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (13)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new Single News Feed Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the Single News Feed Menu Item link under Newsfeeds link.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Single News Feeds Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a single RSS News Feed. The News Feed is selected from the list of News Feeds created in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components Newsfeeds Feeds Edit|New/Edit News Feeds]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-News-Feed-Single-News-Feed-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This layout requires a category selection. This is done in the list box shown above in the screenshot. Select the desired top-level category. All child categories can be shown in the selected category if sub categories are selected to be shown in the &#039;Category Options&#039; Tab.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Feed Display Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The List All Categories Layout has the following Feed Display Options, as shown below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-News-Feeds-Single-feed-display-options-parameters-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The List All News Feed Categories Layout has the following Feed Display Options, as shown below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to Yes/No or Hide/Show, these options allow the &amp;quot;Use Global&amp;quot; setting. This uses the default value from [[Help4.x:Components News Feed Manager Options#Options|News Feeds Manager Options]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Feed Display Options are as follows.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed Image\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed Description\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed Content\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Tags&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the tags for a news feed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Characters count&#039;&#039;&#039;. Number of characters to show if Feed Content from News Feeds is set to show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Feed display order&#039;&#039;&#039;. (Use Global/Most recent first/Oldest first) Select the feed display order, most recent first, oldest first, or Global, the setting in News Feeds Options.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Link Type Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Page Display Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Metadata Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-SaveCopy-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAsCopy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can set the News Feed options in two places.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** In [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components News Feed Manager Options#Options|News Feeds Manager Options]] you can set the default value for all categories.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** In [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit|Category Manager: Edit A Newsfeeds Category]] you can set a value for a specific category. If this is set, it overrides the default value.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Categories are created using [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit|Category Manager: Edit A Newsfeeds Category]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|newsfeed|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Newsfeeds Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
News Feed Categories allow you to categorize different website feeds entering your site for better organization.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Newsfeeds Categories Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:73--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The New/Edit page for the News Feeds Category Manager is a create/edit screen that allows website administrators to create or edit News Feed Categories. Categories allow a broken down structure of News Feeds. &#039;&#039;You must have at least one category before you can create any News Feeds!&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Newsfeeds Feeds&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The News Feed Manager screen allows you to add News Feeds from other sites to your Joomla! site. You can add links to these feeds for users by creating News Feed layouts in [[Special:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit|Menu Item Manager - New/Edit]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Newsfeeds Feeds Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you add a new News Feed or edit an existing one. Note that you need to create at least one [[Special:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories|News Feed Category]] before you can create your first News Feed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Categories|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:78--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Newsfeed Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a list of all RSS News Feed Categories. Categories are shown in a hierarchical list, as shown below. Depending on the selected options for this layout, you can click on a category Title to show the News Feeds in that category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Category|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Newsfeed Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a list of all RSS News Feeds in a Category. Depending on the selected options for this layout, you can include subcategories of a News Feed category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_List_News_Feeds_in_a_Category&amp;diff=513663</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: List News Feeds in a Category</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_List_News_Feeds_in_a_Category&amp;diff=513663"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:08:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (23)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new List News Feed Category Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:90--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:91--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the List News Feeds in a Category Menu Item link under Newsfeeds link.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing List News Feeds Category Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a list of all RSS News Feeds in a Category. Depending on the selected options for this layout, you can include subcategories of a News Feed category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-News-Feed-Category-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This layout requires a category selection. This is done in the list box shown above in the screenshot. Select the desired top-level category. All child categories can be shown in the selected category if sub categories are selected to be shown in the &#039;Category Options&#039; Tab.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select a Category\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Category Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control the appearance of the screen when you click on a category link. The following options are available.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-News-Feeds-Categories-category-options-parameters-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Category Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Category Description\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Category Image\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_column_header_Subcategory Levels\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Empty Categories\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Subcategories Descriptions\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:84--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Feeds in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Use Global/Hide/Show) Show or hide the number of News Feeds in a Category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List Layout Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The List Layout Options control the appearance of the category drill-down page when that is presented as a Category List. The following options are available:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-News-Feeds-Categories-list-layout-options-parameters-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:89--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; (Use Global/Hide/Show) Whether to show a Filter field for the list. Select Hide to hide the filer field&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Display Select\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Table Headings\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:85--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Use Global/Hide/Show) Show or hide the number of Articles in each News Feed. Other options are available to set this value in each individual News Feed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:86--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Use Global/Hide/Show) Show or hide the feed links URLs.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination Results\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Feed Display Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The List All Categories Layout has the following Feed Display Options, as shown below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-News-Feeds-Category-feed-display-options-parameters-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:82--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The List All News Feed Categories Layout has the following Feed Display Options, as shown below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to Yes/No or Hide/Show, these options allow the &amp;quot;Use Global&amp;quot; setting. This uses the default value from [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components News Feed Manager Options#Options|News Feeds Manager Options]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Feed Display Options are as follows.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed Image\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed Description\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed Content\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:87--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Characters count.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of characters to show if Feed Content from News Feeds is set to show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:88--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Feed display order.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Use Global/Most recent first/Oldest first) Select the feed display order, most recent first, oldest first, or Global, the setting in News Feeds Options.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|Link Type Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:78--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|Page Display Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|Metadata Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-SaveCopy-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAsCopy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Categories can be &amp;quot;nested&amp;quot; into levels, similar to folders on a disk drive. In theory there is no absolute limit on the number of levels you can have. However, as a practical matter it is recommended to keep the levels to a minimum. The Show All Categories layout may not work correctly if the number of levels shown is greater than five.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* If you set up category titles as linkable, the user can drill down on the category. If there is a pre-existing menu item for this category (for example, a Category List menu item), then that menu item will show in the drill down and the options set for that menu item will control the page display. Otherwise, the options set for the current Show All Categories menu item will control the page display.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can set the option to drill down to a list in two places.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** In [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components News Feed Manager Options#Options|News Feeds Manager Options]] you can set the default value for all categories.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** In [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit|Category Manager: Edit A Newsfeeds Category]] you can set a value for a specific category. If this is set, it overrides the default value.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Categories are created using [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit|Category Manager: Edit A Newsfeeds Category]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|newsfeed|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:93--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:94--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:95--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Newsfeeds Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:96--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
News Feed Categories allow you to categorize different website feeds entering your site for better organization.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:97--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Newsfeeds Categories Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:98--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The New/Edit page for the News Feeds Category Manager is a create/edit screen that allows website administrators to create or edit News Feed Categories. Categories allow a broken down structure of News Feeds. &#039;&#039;You must have at least one category before you can create any News Feeds!&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:99--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Newsfeeds Feeds&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:100--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The News Feed Manager screen allows you to add News Feeds from other sites to your Joomla! site. You can add links to these feeds for users by creating News Feed layouts in [[Special:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit|Menu Item Manager - New/Edit]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:101--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Newsfeeds Feeds Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:102--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you add a new News Feed or edit an existing one. Note that you need to create at least one [[Special:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories|News Feed Category]] before you can create your first News Feed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Categories|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:103--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Newsfeed Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:104--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a list of all RSS News Feed Categories. Categories are shown in a hierarchical list, as shown below. Depending on the selected options for this layout, you can click on a category Title to show the News Feeds in that category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Single_Newsfeed|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:105--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Newsfeed Single Newsfeed&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:106--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a single RSS News Feed. The News Feed is selected from the list of News Feeds created in [[Special:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit|New/Edit News Feeds]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_List_All_News_Feed_Categories&amp;diff=513662</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: List All News Feed Categories</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_List_All_News_Feed_Categories&amp;diff=513662"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:08:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (26)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new List All News Feed Categories Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:98--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:99--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the List All News Feed Categories Menu Item link under Newsfeeds link.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing List All News Feeds Categories Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a list of all RSS News Feed Categories. Categories are shown in a hierarchical list, as shown below. Depending on the selected options for this layout, you can click on a category Title to show the News Feeds in that category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-News-Feed-Categories-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This layout requires a starting top-level category selection. This is done in the list box shown above in the screenshot. To include all article categories, select &#039;&#039;Root&#039;&#039;. Otherwise, select the desired top-level category. All child categories of the selected category will show in the layout.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select a Category\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Categories Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Categories Options allow you to control various aspects of this layout, as shown below. If you select &#039;&#039;Use Global&#039;&#039; for any option, the value from the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components News Feed Manager Options#Options|News Feeds Manager Options]] will be used.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-News-Feeds-Categories-categories-options-parameters-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:94--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Use Global/Hide/Show) Whether to hide or show the description of the top-level category. Note that this description can be overridden for this layout by entering a Alternative Description below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:95--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Alternative Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; If you enter some text in this field, it will replace the Top Level Category Description, if it has one. If the Top Level Description option is set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this entered description will show instead of the normal category description.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Subcategory Levels\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Empty Categories\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Subcategories Descriptions\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:96--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Feeds in Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. (Use Global/Hide/Show) Show or hide the number of News Feeds in a Category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Category Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control the appearance of the screen when you click on a category link. The following options are available.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-News-Feeds-Categories-categories-category-options-parameters-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Category Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Category Description\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Category Image\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Subcategory Levels\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Empty Categories\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Subcategories Descriptions\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:93--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Feeds in Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. (Use Global/Hide/Show) Show or hide the number of News Feeds in a Category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List Layout Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The List Layout Options control the appearance of the category drill-down page when that is presented as a Category List. The following options are available:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-News-Feeds-Categories-categories-list-layout-options-parameters-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:97--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field:&#039;&#039;&#039; (Use Global/Hide/Show) Whether to show a Filter field for the list. Select Hide to hide the filer field&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Display Select\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Table Headings\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:91--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles&#039;&#039;&#039;. (Use Global/Hide/Show) Show or hide the number of Articles in each News Feed. Other options are available to set this value in each individual News Feed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:92--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Links&#039;&#039;&#039;. (Use Global/Hide/Show) Show or hide the feed links URLs.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination Results\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Feed Display Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The List All Categories Layout has the following Feed Display Options, as shown below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-News-Feeds-Categories-feed-display-options-parameters-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The List All News Feed Categories Layout has the following Feed Display Options, as shown below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to Yes/No or Hide/Show, these options allow the &amp;quot;Use Global&amp;quot; setting. This uses the default value from [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components News Feed Manager Options#Options|News Feeds Manager Options]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Feed Display Options are as follows.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed Image\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed Description\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Feed Content\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:89--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Characters count&#039;&#039;&#039;. Number of characters to show if Feed Content from News Feeds is set to show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Link Type Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Page Display Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Metadata Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-SaveCopy-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:73--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAsCopy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Categories can be &amp;quot;nested&amp;quot; into levels, similar to folders on a disk drive. In theory there is no absolute limit on the number of levels you can have. However, as a practical matter it is recommended to keep the levels to a minimum. The Show All Categories layout may not work correctly if the number of levels shown is greater than five.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* If you set up category titles as linkable, the user can drill down on the category. If there is a pre-existing menu item for this category (for example, a Category List menu item), then that menu item will show in the drill down and the options set for that menu item will control the page display. Otherwise, the options set for the current Show All Categories menu item will control the page display.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:82--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can set the option to drill down to a list in two places.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:83--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** In [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components News Feed Manager Options#Options|News Feeds Manager Options]] you can set the default value for all categories.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:84--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** In [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit|Category Manager: Edit A Newsfeeds Category]] you can set a value for a specific category. If this is set, it overrides the default value.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:85--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:86--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Categories are created using [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit|Category Manager: Edit A Newsfeeds Category]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|newsfeed|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:101--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:102--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:103--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Newsfeeds Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:104--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
News Feed Categories allow you to categorize different website feeds entering your site for better organization.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:105--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Newsfeeds Categories Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:106--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The New/Edit page for the News Feeds Category Manager is a create/edit screen that allows website administrators to create or edit News Feed Categories. Categories allow a broken down structure of News Feeds. &#039;&#039;You must have at least one category before you can create any News Feeds!&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:107--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Newsfeeds Feeds&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:108--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The News Feed Manager screen allows you to add News Feeds from other sites to your Joomla! site. You can add links to these feeds for users by creating News Feed layouts in [[Special:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit|Menu Item Manager - New/Edit]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:109--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Newsfeeds Feeds Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:110--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you add a new News Feed or edit an existing one. Note that you need to create at least one [[Special:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories|News Feed Category]] before you can create your first News Feed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Category|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:111--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Newsfeed Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:112--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a list of all RSS News Feeds in a Category. Depending on the selected options for this layout, you can include subcategories of a News Feed category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Single_Newsfeed|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:113--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Newsfeed Single Newsfeed&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:114--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a single RSS News Feed. The News Feed is selected from the list of News Feeds created in [[Special:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit|New/Edit News Feeds]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Heading&amp;diff=513661</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Heading</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Heading&amp;diff=513661"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:08:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (14)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new Menu Item Heading Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the Menu Item Menu Heading Item link under System Links.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Menu Item Menu Heading Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to provide a way to separate links with images or text in a menu. Some uses might be to give a title to a group of links or allow a short description before each link or groups of links. See the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Menu_Item_Heading#Front End Screenshot|Front End Example]] screenshot below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help31-Menu-Item-Heading-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Link Type Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Heading-link-type-options-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Link Title Attribute/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Link CSS Style/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Link Image\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Add Menu Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Display In Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Front End Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help31-Menus-Menu-Item-Heading-front-end-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help screen screenshot disclaimer\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* It is possible to use an image as a Text Separator. Since a Menu Title is required, to use only image as a separator, the Menu Title can be a &amp;quot;space&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Alias&amp;diff=513660</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Alias</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Alias&amp;diff=513660"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:08:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (10)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new Alias Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the Menu Item Alias link under System Links.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Menu Item Alias, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a link from one Menu Item to another Menu Item. This link can be to another Menu&#039;s, Menu Item or within the same Menu. See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus Menu Item Menu Item Alias#Quick_Tips|Quick Tips]] for use.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help-Menus-Menu-Item-Alias-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required==== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are the required settings:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Notable Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Leave the Alias blank if the Menu Item Alias has the same Parent (in the same Menu Name).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Alias\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|Link Type Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Leave the alias field empty if the menu item alias and the menu item linked to by the alias have the same parent.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*A Main Menu Item Alias could link to an Article Menu&#039;s &#039;Some Menu Type&#039; Menu Item. By using Module Assignments, a possible use would be to replace the Main Menu with the Article Menu when the Alias Menu Item is clicked. A return to Main Menu when another Alias Menu Item is clicked pointed back to a Menu Item in the Main Menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_New_Item&amp;diff=513659</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: New Item</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_New_Item&amp;diff=513659"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:08:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (2)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Add or edit a new menu item by type.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menu items are the core structure of a Joomla website. Each Menu Item is a link to a webpage. The Menu Item Type determines the type of page that will display when this menu choice is selected by the User. The core distribution of Joomla provides 36 different Menu Item types. If you install third-party extensions, these may add more menu types.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this screen, you will select the Menu Item Type for the Menu Item you are creating and then fill in information about this specific Menu Item. Some of these fields are common to all Menu Item types. These include the following sections: Details, Link Type, Page Display, Metadata, and Module Assignment for this Menu Item. These common fields are documented in this help screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these common fields, different Menu Item types may require different fields unique to that type. These are documented in the help screen for each type.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To Create a New Menu Item&#039;&#039;&#039;:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu],Add New Menu Item}} from the drop-down menu on the backend of your Joomla installation. For example, if a Menu is called &amp;quot;About Joomla&amp;quot;, select {{rarr|Menus,About Joomla,Add New Menu Item}}.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Or navigate to [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]] and click on the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; icon in the toolbar.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;To Edit a Menu Item&#039;&#039;&#039;:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the backend of your Joomla installation. For example, if a Menu is called &amp;quot;Main Menu&amp;quot;, select {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}. Then either click the title of the menu item in the table list or select the menu item checkbox and click the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; icon in the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help-3x-main-menu-add-new-menu-item\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:EditAndNewMenuToolbars/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|Menu Manager: Edit A Menu Item|Menu Manager: Add A New Menu Item}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* To add an Archived Articles menu item: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Archived|Archived Articles]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* To add a Featured Articles menu item: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Featured|Featured Articles]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0,3.9|Menus Help Screens|Menu Manager Help Screens|Help screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menus:_Items&amp;diff=513658</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menus: Items</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menus:_Items&amp;diff=513658"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:08:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (26)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Menu Item Manager lists the menu items contained in a menu created using the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menu Manager]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access== &amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select {{rarr|Menus,[All Menu Items]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation. Or you can navigate to the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Site_Control_Panel|Control Panel]] and click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Menu(s)&#039;&#039;&#039; icon.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-menus-menu-manager-menu-items-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Checkbox/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Status/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Home\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Access\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Association\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Language\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Id\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-New-Edit-Publish-Unpublish-Checkin-Trash-Home-Rebuild-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_New/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menu item}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Edit/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menu item}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Publish/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menu items}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Unpublish/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menu items}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Checkin/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menu items}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Home\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Rebuild\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Batch/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menu items}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Trash/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|menu items}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Options.&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Options window where settings such as default parameters can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters== &amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by (Partial) Menu Name&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help3x-Menus-Menu-Manager-search-filter-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Site/Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039;. The client where the menu is used.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Menu&#039;&#039;&#039;. A field to select the menu you want to search.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Search&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter part of the menu&#039;s name and press the Search to find matching names. Press &#039;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&#039; or Clear to clear the search field and restore the list of menus.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Order/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Status, Access, Language, Max Levels, Parent Menu Item&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Search Tools are five drop-down list boxes as shown below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help3x-Menus-Menu-Manager-other-filter-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Status/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Access/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Language/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Max Levels/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Filter by Parent Menu Item&#039;&#039;&#039;. Lets you show only items of a menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;- Select Parent Menu Item -:&#039;&#039;&#039; Show all menu items.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;your menu item&amp;gt;:&#039;&#039;&#039; Show items only for this menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Batch Process== &amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Batch Process/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select an item and click on the &#039;&#039;Home&#039;&#039; button to set your Home page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Set different filter options to only show some of the menu items.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information== &amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus Menu Manager|Menu Manager]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menu Manager Help Screens|Menus Help Screens|Help screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Search&amp;diff=513657</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Search</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Search&amp;diff=513657"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:08:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (28)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new User Reminder Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the Search Menu Item link under Smart Search.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Search Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a page for Smart Search Results, which can be used in conjunction with a [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions_Module_Manager_Smart_Search|Smart Search module]] to control Search Results Page&#039;s layout. Ability to &#039;can&#039; Smart Search results to specific filters to control a search.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Finder-Search-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This menu item type requires that you select the following. &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Optional Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Search Filter\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Search Content Maps\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Options Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Finder-Search-basic-options-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Date Filters\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Advanced Search\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Expand Advanced Search\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Result Description\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Description Length\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Result URL\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Finder-Search-advanced-options-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Display Select\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination Results\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Allow Empty Search\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Did You Mean\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Query Explanation\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Sort Field\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Sort Direction\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Show Feed\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Show Feed Text\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Integration Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Finder-Search-integration-options-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Show Feed Link\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|Link Type Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|Page Display Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|Metadata Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-SaveCopy-Close-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAsCopy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Items== &amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|Sear|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Finder_Manage_Search_Filters|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:73--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Finder Manage Search Filters&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen shows the static search filters currently available for use in Smart Search.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Finder_Manage_Search_Filters_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Finder Manage Search Filters Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen allows you to create a new search filter or amend an existing one.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Search|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Search&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:78--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Search Statistics screen allows you to see how many searches were done for each keyword combination and how many results were returned for each search.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Search_Manager_Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Search Manager Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Search_Manager_Options#Component|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Details on Component Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Search_Manager_Options#Permissions|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Details on Permissions&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:82--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
configuration&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions_Module_Manager_Search|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:83--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Extensions Module Manager Search&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:84--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This Module displays a Search entry field where the user can type in a phrase and press &#039;Enter&#039; to search the web site.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions_Module_Manager_Smart_Search|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:85--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Extensions Module Manager Smart Search&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:86--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Smart Search is an enhanced site search.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Search_Results|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:87--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Search Results&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:88--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a &#039;Search Form or Search Results&#039; page for users to search site&#039;s content. Additional, used to control output look of search results or &#039;can&#039; the results of a search with a menu link for preset search term or terms.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_URL&amp;diff=513656</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: URL</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_URL&amp;diff=513656"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:08:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (11)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new External URL Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:99--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:100--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the External URL Menu Item link under System Links.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing External URL Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to create a link to a website separate from your current Joomla! installation in a menu.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-External-Url-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px‎]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:73--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are the required settings: &lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Link\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Notable Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:78--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
How the target of the link is controlled:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Target Window\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced Tab== &amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:82--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|Link Type Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:83--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:84--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:85--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:86--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure you include the full URL path.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:87--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:88--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:89--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:90--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:91--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:92--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:93--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:94--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:95--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:96--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAsCopy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:102--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:103--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menu Item Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Display_Template_Options&amp;diff=513655</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Display Template Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Display_Template_Options&amp;diff=513655"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:07:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (9)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is a simplified version to change current template settings from front end.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== How To Access == &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new Display Template Options Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the Display Template Options Menu Item link under Configuration Manager.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Display Template Options Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Description == &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This menu item can be helpful to new Joomla! super-users to easily change the template options. This will provide current template options in front end. Options to display can be customized[1] . Therefore after a change, super-user will see the results immediately.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Screenshot == &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help32-Menus-Menu-Display_Template_Options-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Details == &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This menu item type requires that you select the following. &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|Link Type Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|Page Display Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|Metadata Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Toolbar == &amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help32-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-SaveAsCopy-Close-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAsCopy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Front End Screenshot == &amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help32-Menus-Menu-Display_Template_Options-front-end-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Items == &amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|Templat|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Extensions Template Manager Styles&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Extensions Template Manager Styles Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you edit template styles. When a template is first installed, a default style is created for it. The default style for the template will have the same name as the template with a - Default suffix. To make a different variation of the default template style, check the default style&#039;s checkbox and press the Duplicate icon in the toolbar. Then edit the duplicate.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Extensions Template Manager Templates&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Template Manager: Templates screen allows you to preview and edit templates which are installed in your Joomla! installation.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Extensions Template Manager Templates Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you edit a template&#039;s source code. You can edit the template&#039;s master files and stylesheets from this screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit_Source|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Extensions Template Manager Templates Edit Source&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This screen is where the source code of template files is edited. It provides a plain text interface to edit the template files. HTML and PHP programming syntax is highlighted to make the source code files easier to read.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Site_Configuration_Options&amp;diff=513654</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Site Configuration Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Site_Configuration_Options&amp;diff=513654"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:07:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (9)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is a simplified version of [http://Help4.x:Site_Global_Configuration Site Global Configuration], which can change site settings from front end.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== How To Access == &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new Display Site Configuration Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the Site Configuration Options Menu Item link under Configuration Manager.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Site Configuration Options Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Description == &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This menu item can be helpful to new Joomla! super-users to easily change the site configurations. This will provide some of the important site configurations in front end. Therefore after a change, super-user will see the results immediately.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Screenshot == &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help32-Menus-Menu-Display_Configuration-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Details == &amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:15--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:16--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information please see Menu Item Manager: [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#New Menu Item Details|Details Tab]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:17--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This menu item type requires that you select the following. &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:23--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:24--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|Link Type Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|Page Display Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|Metadata Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Toolbar == &amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help32-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-SaveAsCopy-Close-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAsCopy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Cancel&#039;&#039;&#039;. Closes the current screen and returns to the previous screen without saving any modifications you may have made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039;. Opens this help screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Front End Screenshot == &amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help32-Menus-Menu-Display_Configuration-front-end-screenshot-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Single_Contact&amp;diff=513653</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Single Contact</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Single_Contact&amp;diff=513653"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:07:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (33)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:1--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new Single Contact Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:3--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:4--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; to create a new menu item or click on an existing item to edit.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:5--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button and then click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Single Contact&#039;&#039;&#039; link under Contacts.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:6--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Single Contact Menu Item, click its Title in Menu Manager: Menu Items.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:7--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a Single Contact. Settings include: Contact Details, Contact Form, presentation(slider, tabs, plain view), and Email subject and message filters.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Contact-Single-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:14--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Single Contact&#039;&#039;&#039; menu item has the following required settings:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Select Contact\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:18--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Contact Display Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:19--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact Display Options control the appearance of the list layout.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Contact-Category-contact-display-options-parameters-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:21--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Display Format\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Contact Category\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Show Contact List\en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Show Tags/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:25--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Common Contact Display Fields&#039;&#039;&#039; are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:26--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:27--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Name&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:28--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:29--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact&#039;s Position&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:30--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:31--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Email&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:32--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:33--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Street Address&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:34--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
City or Suburb&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
State or County&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:38--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:39--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Postal Code&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Country&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:42--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:43--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Telephone&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:44--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:45--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile phone&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:46--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:47--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Fax&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:48--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:49--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Webpage&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:50--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:51--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Misc. Information&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:52--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:53--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Image&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:54--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:55--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
vCard&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:56--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:57--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Show User Articles&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:58--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Articles&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:59--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:135--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Articles to List&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:136--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Number of articles to list&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:137--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:60--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Show Links&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:61--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
additional links&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:62--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These could be links to Social Media accounts, such as Twitter, Facebook, Skype...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:63--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:All of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Common Contact Display Fields&#039;&#039;&#039; have the following options available:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Use Global:&#039;&#039; Use the default value from the contacts options screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Show:&#039;&#039; Show this field.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Do not display this field.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:67--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link &amp;lt;letter&amp;gt; Label&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;A to E&amp;gt; Labels (5) to override shown link&#039;s label.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:68--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:69--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact Mail Options control the appearance of a Contact&#039;s {{rarr}}&#039;&#039;Contact Form&#039;&#039; if it is enabled.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Contact-Category-single-contact-mail-options-parameters-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:71--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:72--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Show Contact Form&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:73--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
contact form&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:74--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:It has the following options available:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:75--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Use Global:&#039;&#039; Use the default value from the contacts options screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:76--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Show:&#039;&#039; Display this.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Do not display.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:78--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter&#039;&#039;&#039;. Display the a check box to allow a Submitter to send a copy of email to themselves.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:79--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:It has the following options available:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:80--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Use Global:&#039;&#039; Use the default value from the contacts options screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:81--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Show:&#039;&#039; Display this.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:82--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Do not display.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:83--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Email addresses not allowed to submit a contact form. Separate multiple email addresses with a semicolon.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:84--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject&#039;&#039;&#039;. Text not allowed in Contact form&#039;s Subject field. Separate multiple subjects with a semicolon.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:85--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text&#039;&#039;&#039;. Text not allowed in the Contact form&#039;s Message field. Separate multiple words with a semicolon.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:86--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check&#039;&#039;&#039;. Check for the existence of session cookie. Users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:87--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:It has the following options available:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:88--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Use Global:&#039;&#039; Use the default value from the contacts options screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:89--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Yes:&#039;&#039; Check for session cookie.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:90--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;No:&#039;&#039; Do not check for session cookie.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:91--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply&#039;&#039;&#039;. Turn on or off the custom message reply to contact form&#039;s submitter.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:92--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:It has the following options available:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:93--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Use Global:&#039;&#039; Use the default value from the contacts options screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:94--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Yes:&#039;&#039; Send an automated reply email.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:95--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;No:&#039;&#039; Do not send an automated reply email.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:96--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter alternative URL to redirect submitter after a successful contact form email was sent.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options=== &amp;lt;!--T:102--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:103--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:104--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Link Type Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:105--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Page Display Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:106--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Metadata Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:107--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:108--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:109--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:110--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-SaveCopy-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:111--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:112--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:113--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:114--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:115--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:116--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:117--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:118--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAsCopy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:119--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:120--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:121--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:122--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:123--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:124--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The Category List layout is a convenient way to list a compact directory of contacts in a category that can include filtering and searching.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:125--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|contact|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:139--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:140--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Contact_Manager_Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:141--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Contact Manager Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:142--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact Options configuration allows setting of parameters used globally for all contacts.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Contacts_Categories|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:143--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Contacts Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:144--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Contact Category Manager is where you can edit existing Contact Categories and create new ones. Note that Contact Categories are separate from other Categories, such as for Articles, Banners, News Feeds, and Web Links. From this screen, you can also navigate to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]] screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Contacts_Categories_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:145--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Contacts Categories Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:146--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you can add a Contact Category or edit an existing Contact Category. Contact Categories allow you to organize contacts in your web site. Contact Categories are separate from other types of Categories, such as those for Articles, Banners, News Feeds, and so on.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Contacts_Contacts|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:147--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Contacts Contacts&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:148--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Contact Manager screen allows you to add contact information to your Joomla! site. You can enter information such as name, address, phone and e-mail. You can also link contacts to registered users. Afterwards, you can use the [[Special:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menu Manager]] to create front-end links to the the contacts.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Contacts_Contacts_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:149--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Contacts Contacts Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:150--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you can add a Contact or edit an existing Contact. Contacts allow you to list people on your web site. They also allow users to send e-mails to those people.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Categories|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:151--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Contact Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:152--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a list of contact categories within a category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Category|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:153--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Contact Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:154--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show contacts belonging to a specific Category in a list layout. Settings include: Contact Details, Contact Form, presentation(slider, tabs, plain view), and Email subject and message filters.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Featured|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:155--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Contact Featured&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:156--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a list of featured contacts.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Featured_Contacts&amp;diff=513652</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Featured Contacts</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Featured_Contacts&amp;diff=513652"/>
		<updated>2018-09-08T03:07:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;JoomlaWikiBot: clean up, replaced: {{Chunk4x: → {{safesubst:Chunk4x: (40)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:134--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:135--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new Featured Contacts Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:136--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Select {{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}} from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation (for example, {{rarr|Menus,Main Menu}}).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:137--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the New Toolbar button to create a new menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:138--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the Menu Item Type Select button&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; [[Image:Help-4x-Menu-Item-Type-Select-Button-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:288--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]] &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:289--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and then click the Featured Contacts link under Contact link.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:139--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To edit an existing Featured Contacts Menu Item, click its Title in [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menu Manager: Menu Items]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:140--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:141--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a list of featured contacts.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:142--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Contact-FeaturedContacts-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:143--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Details== &amp;lt;!--T:144--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:145--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Required Settings==== &amp;lt;!--T:146--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:147--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Featured Contacts&#039;&#039;&#039; menu item has the following required settings:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Title/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu Item Type/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Menu/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Details Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:150--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====List Layouts==== &amp;lt;!--T:151--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:152--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
List Layout Options control the appearance of the list layout.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Contact-Category-list-layout-options-parameters-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:153--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Display Select/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Table Headings/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:284--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show or hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:colheader Contact Detail List/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:157--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:158--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Email&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:colheader Contact Detail List/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:159--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:160--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Phone&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:colheader Contact Detail List/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:161--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:162--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:colheader Contact Detail List/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:163--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:164--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Fax&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:colheader Contact Detail List/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:165--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:166--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
City or Suburb&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:colheader Contact Detail List/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:167--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:168--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
State or County&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:colheader Contact Detail List/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:169--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:170--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Country&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Pagination Results/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Form==== &amp;lt;!--T:173--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:174--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Form Options control the appearance of the list layout.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Contact-Category-contact-display-options-parameters-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:175--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help screen column header Display Format/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:179--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Common Contact Display Fields&#039;&#039;&#039; are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:180--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:181--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Name&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:182--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:183--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact&#039;s Position&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:184--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:185--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Email&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:186--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:187--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Street Address&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:188--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:189--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
City or Suburb&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:190--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:191--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
State or County&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:192--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:193--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Postal Code&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:194--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:195--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Country&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:196--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:197--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Telephone&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:198--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:199--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile phone&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:200--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:201--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Fax&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:202--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:203--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Webpage&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:204--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:205--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Misc. Information&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:206--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:207--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Image&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:208--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:209--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
vCard&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:210--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:211--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Show User Articles&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:212--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Articles&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:285--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:286--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Articles to List&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:287--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Number of articles to list&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:213--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:214--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Show Links&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:215--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
additional links&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}} &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:216--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These could be links to Social Media accounts, such as Twitter, Facebook, Skype...&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:217--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:All of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Common Contact Display Fields&#039;&#039;&#039; have the following options available:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:218--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Use Global:&#039;&#039; Use the default value from the contacts options screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:219--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Show:&#039;&#039; Show this field.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:220--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Do not display this field.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:221--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link &amp;lt;letter&amp;gt; Label&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;A to E&amp;gt; Labels (5) to override shown link&#039;s label.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Options==== &amp;lt;!--T:222--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:223--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact Mail Options control the appearance of a Contact&#039;s {{rarr}}&#039;&#039;Contact Form&#039;&#039; if it is enabled.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Menus-Menu-Item-Contact-Category-contact-mail-options-parameters-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:224--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Contact Display Option/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:225--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|Show Contact Form|contact form}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:226--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:It has the following options available:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:227--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Use Global:&#039;&#039; Use the default value from the contacts options screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:228--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Show:&#039;&#039; Display this.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:229--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Do not display.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:230--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter&#039;&#039;&#039;. Display the a check box to allow a Submitter to send a copy of email to themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
:It has the following options available:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:231--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Use Global:&#039;&#039; Use the default value from the contacts options screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:232--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Show:&#039;&#039; Display this.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:233--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Do not display.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:234--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Email addresses not allowed to submit a contact form. Separate multiple email addresses with semicolon&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:235--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject&#039;&#039;&#039;. Text not allowed in Contact form&#039;s Subject field. Separate multiple subjects with semicolon&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:236--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text&#039;&#039;&#039;. Text not allowed in the Contact form&#039;s Message field. Separate multiple words with semicolon&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:237--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check&#039;&#039;&#039;. Check for the existence of session cookie. Users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:238--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:It has the following options available:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:239--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Use Global:&#039;&#039; Use the default value from the contacts options screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:240--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Yes:&#039;&#039; Check for session cookie.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:241--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;No:&#039;&#039; Do not check for session cookie.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:242--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply&#039;&#039;&#039;. Turn on or off the custom message reply to contact form&#039;s submitter, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:243--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:It has the following options available:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:244--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Use Global:&#039;&#039; Use the default value from the contacts options screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:245--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Yes:&#039;&#039; Send an automated reply email.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:246--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;No:&#039;&#039; Do not send an automated reply email.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:247--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect&#039;&#039;&#039;. Enter alternative URL to redirect submitter after email is sent.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options=== &amp;lt;!--T:253--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:254--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: Edit/New Menu Item]] for help on fields common to all Menu Item types, under the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Advanced Details Tab|Advanced Details Tab]]&#039;&#039;&#039; which includes:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:255--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Link Type Options|Link Type Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:256--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Page Display Options|Page Display Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:257--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Metadata Options|Metadata Options]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Module Assignments Tab=== &amp;lt;!--T:258--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:259--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menu Item Manager: New Menu Item]] for help on fields in&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:260--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit#Module Assignment Tab|Module Assignments]]&#039;&#039;&#039; for this Menu Item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:261--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:262--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help-4x-Save-SaveClose-SaveNew-Cancel-Help-toolbar-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:263--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:264--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:265--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:266--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:267--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:268--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndNew/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:269--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:270--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAsCopy/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:291--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:292--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
menu item&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:271--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:272--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:273--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:274--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* In order to make your contact featured do the following. From the [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager]], click on the &amp;quot;no&amp;quot; (circle with a slash) to make it a star in the Featured column. The star indicates the contact is now a Featured Contact, see the image below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help-4x-Components-Contacts-Contacts-featured-column-detail-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:275--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:276--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
Put the next statement outsite this comment to check if there are new rows needed (or old deleted) in the table under this comment It lists related documents):&lt;br /&gt;
{{relatedhelp|contact|not=/}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you find new ones please add them to the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:293--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Related Help Screens&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; !! &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:294--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Description&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Contact_Manager_Options|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:295--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Contact Manager Options&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:296--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contact Options configuration allows setting of parameters used globally for all contacts.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Contacts_Categories|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:297--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Contacts Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:298--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Contact Category Manager is where you can edit existing Contact Categories and create new ones. Note that Contact Categories are separate from other Categories, such as for Articles, Banners, News Feeds, and Web Links. From this screen, you can also navigate to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]] screen.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Contacts_Categories_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:299--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Contacts Categories Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:300--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you can add a Contact Category or edit an existing Contact Category. Contact Categories allow you to organize contacts in your web site. Contact Categories are separate from other types of Categories, such as those for Articles, Banners, News Feeds, and so on.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Contacts_Contacts|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:301--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Contacts Contacts&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:302--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Contact Manager screen allows you to add contact information to your Joomla! site. You can enter information such as name, address, phone and e-mail. You can also link contacts to registered users. Afterwards, you can use the [[Special:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menu Manager]] to create front-end links to the the contacts.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Components_Contacts_Contacts_Edit|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:303--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Components Contacts Contacts Edit&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:304--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is where you can add a Contact or edit an existing Contact. Contacts allow you to list people on your web site. They also allow users to send e-mails to those people.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Categories|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:305--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Contact Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:306--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a list of contact categories within a category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Category|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:307--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Contact Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:308--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show contacts belonging to a specific Category in a list layout. Settings include: Contact Details, Contact Form, presentation(slider, tabs, plain view), and Email subject and message filters.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[S:MyLanguage/Help4.x:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Single_Contact|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:309--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menus Menu Item Contact Single Contact&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;]] || &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:310--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Used to show a Single Contact. Settings include: Contact Details, Contact Form, presentation(slider, tabs, plain view), and Email subject and message filters.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>JoomlaWikiBot</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>